Search Results

Search found 3403 results on 137 pages for 'monthly statements'.

Page 136/137 | < Previous Page | 132 133 134 135 136 137  | Next Page >

  • How to tune down the Hyperic built-in postgresql database for a small setup

    - by Svish
    We are testing out Hyperic 4.5.1 in a quite small environment for now. Currently there are just 1-5 agents and there probably won't be any more than 10-15. When I run ps ax there are 20(!) postgres processes running. For a small setup like this, that can't be necessary, can it? I'm a software developer and don't have much experience with setting up servers and such though, so don't really know. Either way, what settings are appropriate for a small Hyperic setup like this? Current, default and untouched configuration file, hqdb/data/postgresql.conf: # ----------------------------- # PostgreSQL configuration file # ----------------------------- # # This file consists of lines of the form: # # name = value # # (The '=' is optional.) White space may be used. Comments are introduced # with '#' anywhere on a line. The complete list of option names and # allowed values can be found in the PostgreSQL documentation. The # commented-out settings shown in this file represent the default values. # # Please note that re-commenting a setting is NOT sufficient to revert it # to the default value, unless you restart the server. # # Any option can also be given as a command line switch to the server, # e.g., 'postgres -c log_connections=on'. Some options can be changed at # run-time with the 'SET' SQL command. # # This file is read on server startup and when the server receives a # SIGHUP. If you edit the file on a running system, you have to SIGHUP the # server for the changes to take effect, or use "pg_ctl reload". Some # settings, which are marked below, require a server shutdown and restart # to take effect. # # Memory units: kB = kilobytes MB = megabytes GB = gigabytes # Time units: ms = milliseconds s = seconds min = minutes h = hours d = days #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # FILE LOCATIONS #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The default values of these variables are driven from the -D command line # switch or PGDATA environment variable, represented here as ConfigDir. #data_directory = 'ConfigDir' # use data in another directory # (change requires restart) #hba_file = 'ConfigDir/pg_hba.conf' # host-based authentication file # (change requires restart) #ident_file = 'ConfigDir/pg_ident.conf' # ident configuration file # (change requires restart) # If external_pid_file is not explicitly set, no extra PID file is written. #external_pid_file = '(none)' # write an extra PID file # (change requires restart) #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # CONNECTIONS AND AUTHENTICATION #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Connection Settings - #listen_addresses = 'localhost' # what IP address(es) to listen on; # comma-separated list of addresses; # defaults to 'localhost', '*' = all # (change requires restart) port = 9432 # (change requires restart) max_connections = 100 # (change requires restart) # Note: increasing max_connections costs ~400 bytes of shared memory per # connection slot, plus lock space (see max_locks_per_transaction). You # might also need to raise shared_buffers to support more connections. #superuser_reserved_connections = 3 # (change requires restart) #unix_socket_directory = '' # (change requires restart) #unix_socket_group = '' # (change requires restart) #unix_socket_permissions = 0777 # octal # (change requires restart) #bonjour_name = '' # defaults to the computer name # (change requires restart) # - Security & Authentication - #authentication_timeout = 1min # 1s-600s #ssl = off # (change requires restart) #password_encryption = on #db_user_namespace = off # Kerberos #krb_server_keyfile = '' # (change requires restart) #krb_srvname = 'postgres' # (change requires restart) #krb_server_hostname = '' # empty string matches any keytab entry # (change requires restart) #krb_caseins_users = off # (change requires restart) # - TCP Keepalives - # see 'man 7 tcp' for details #tcp_keepalives_idle = 0 # TCP_KEEPIDLE, in seconds; # 0 selects the system default #tcp_keepalives_interval = 0 # TCP_KEEPINTVL, in seconds; # 0 selects the system default #tcp_keepalives_count = 0 # TCP_KEEPCNT; # 0 selects the system default #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # RESOURCE USAGE (except WAL) #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Memory - shared_buffers = 64MB # min 128kB or max_connections*16kB # (change requires restart) #temp_buffers = 8MB # min 800kB #max_prepared_transactions = 5 # can be 0 or more # (change requires restart) # Note: increasing max_prepared_transactions costs ~600 bytes of shared memory # per transaction slot, plus lock space (see max_locks_per_transaction). work_mem = 2MB # min 64kB maintenance_work_mem = 32MB # min 1MB #max_stack_depth = 2MB # min 100kB # - Free Space Map - max_fsm_pages = 204800 # min max_fsm_relations*16, 6 bytes each # (change requires restart) #max_fsm_relations = 1000 # min 100, ~70 bytes each # (change requires restart) # - Kernel Resource Usage - #max_files_per_process = 1000 # min 25 # (change requires restart) #shared_preload_libraries = '' # (change requires restart) # - Cost-Based Vacuum Delay - #vacuum_cost_delay = 0 # 0-1000 milliseconds #vacuum_cost_page_hit = 1 # 0-10000 credits #vacuum_cost_page_miss = 10 # 0-10000 credits #vacuum_cost_page_dirty = 20 # 0-10000 credits #vacuum_cost_limit = 200 # 0-10000 credits # - Background writer - #bgwriter_delay = 200ms # 10-10000ms between rounds #bgwriter_lru_percent = 1.0 # 0-100% of LRU buffers scanned/round #bgwriter_lru_maxpages = 5 # 0-1000 buffers max written/round #bgwriter_all_percent = 0.333 # 0-100% of all buffers scanned/round #bgwriter_all_maxpages = 5 # 0-1000 buffers max written/round #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # WRITE AHEAD LOG #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Settings - fsync = on # turns forced synchronization on or off #wal_sync_method = fsync # the default is the first option # supported by the operating system: # open_datasync # fdatasync # fsync # fsync_writethrough # open_sync #full_page_writes = on # recover from partial page writes #wal_buffers = 64kB # min 32kB # (change requires restart) commit_delay = 100000 # range 0-100000, in microseconds #commit_siblings = 5 # range 1-1000 # - Checkpoints - checkpoint_segments = 10 # in logfile segments, min 1, 16MB each #checkpoint_timeout = 5min # range 30s-1h #checkpoint_warning = 30s # 0 is off # - Archiving - #archive_command = '' # command to use to archive a logfile segment #archive_timeout = 0 # force a logfile segment switch after this # many seconds; 0 is off #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # QUERY TUNING #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Planner Method Configuration - #enable_bitmapscan = on #enable_hashagg = on #enable_hashjoin = on #enable_indexscan = on #enable_mergejoin = on #enable_nestloop = on #enable_seqscan = on #enable_sort = on #enable_tidscan = on # - Planner Cost Constants - #seq_page_cost = 1.0 # measured on an arbitrary scale #random_page_cost = 4.0 # same scale as above #cpu_tuple_cost = 0.01 # same scale as above #cpu_index_tuple_cost = 0.005 # same scale as above #cpu_operator_cost = 0.0025 # same scale as above #effective_cache_size = 128MB # - Genetic Query Optimizer - #geqo = on #geqo_threshold = 12 #geqo_effort = 5 # range 1-10 #geqo_pool_size = 0 # selects default based on effort #geqo_generations = 0 # selects default based on effort #geqo_selection_bias = 2.0 # range 1.5-2.0 # - Other Planner Options - #default_statistics_target = 10 # range 1-1000 #constraint_exclusion = off #from_collapse_limit = 8 #join_collapse_limit = 8 # 1 disables collapsing of explicit # JOINs #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # ERROR REPORTING AND LOGGING #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Where to Log - log_destination = 'stderr' # Valid values are combinations of # stderr, syslog and eventlog, # depending on platform. # This is used when logging to stderr: redirect_stderr = on # Enable capturing of stderr into log # files # (change requires restart) # These are only used if redirect_stderr is on: log_directory = '../../logs' # Directory where log files are written # Can be absolute or relative to PGDATA log_filename = 'hqdb-%Y-%m-%d.log' # Log file name pattern. # Can include strftime() escapes #log_truncate_on_rotation = off # If on, any existing log file of the same # name as the new log file will be # truncated rather than appended to. But # such truncation only occurs on # time-driven rotation, not on restarts # or size-driven rotation. Default is # off, meaning append to existing files # in all cases. log_rotation_age = 1d # Automatic rotation of logfiles will # happen after that time. 0 to # disable. #log_rotation_size = 10MB # Automatic rotation of logfiles will # happen after that much log # output. 0 to disable. # These are relevant when logging to syslog: #syslog_facility = 'LOCAL0' #syslog_ident = 'postgres' # - When to Log - #client_min_messages = notice # Values, in order of decreasing detail: # debug5 # debug4 # debug3 # debug2 # debug1 # log # notice # warning # error #log_min_messages = notice # Values, in order of decreasing detail: # debug5 # debug4 # debug3 # debug2 # debug1 # info # notice # warning # error # log # fatal # panic #log_error_verbosity = default # terse, default, or verbose messages #log_min_error_statement = error # Values in order of increasing severity: # debug5 # debug4 # debug3 # debug2 # debug1 # info # notice # warning # error # fatal # panic (effectively off) log_min_duration_statement = 10000 # -1 is disabled, 0 logs all statements # and their durations. #silent_mode = off # DO NOT USE without syslog or # redirect_stderr # (change requires restart) # - What to Log - #debug_print_parse = off #debug_print_rewritten = off #debug_print_plan = off #debug_pretty_print = off #log_connections = off #log_disconnections = off #log_duration = off #log_line_prefix = '' # Special values: # %u = user name # %d = database name # %r = remote host and port # %h = remote host # %p = PID # %t = timestamp (no milliseconds) # %m = timestamp with milliseconds # %i = command tag # %c = session id # %l = session line number # %s = session start timestamp # %x = transaction id # %q = stop here in non-session # processes # %% = '%' # e.g. '<%u%%%d> ' #log_statement = 'none' # none, ddl, mod, all #log_hostname = off #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # RUNTIME STATISTICS #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Query/Index Statistics Collector - #stats_command_string = on #update_process_title = on stats_start_collector = on # needed for block or row stats # (change requires restart) stats_block_level = on stats_row_level = on stats_reset_on_server_start = off # (change requires restart) # - Statistics Monitoring - #log_parser_stats = off #log_planner_stats = off #log_executor_stats = off #log_statement_stats = off #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # AUTOVACUUM PARAMETERS #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- #autovacuum = off # enable autovacuum subprocess? # 'on' requires stats_start_collector # and stats_row_level to also be on #autovacuum_naptime = 1min # time between autovacuum runs #autovacuum_vacuum_threshold = 500 # min # of tuple updates before # vacuum #autovacuum_analyze_threshold = 250 # min # of tuple updates before # analyze #autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor = 0.2 # fraction of rel size before # vacuum #autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor = 0.1 # fraction of rel size before # analyze #autovacuum_freeze_max_age = 200000000 # maximum XID age before forced vacuum # (change requires restart) #autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay = -1 # default vacuum cost delay for # autovacuum, -1 means use # vacuum_cost_delay #autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit = -1 # default vacuum cost limit for # autovacuum, -1 means use # vacuum_cost_limit #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # CLIENT CONNECTION DEFAULTS #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Statement Behavior - #search_path = '"$user",public' # schema names #default_tablespace = '' # a tablespace name, '' uses # the default #check_function_bodies = on #default_transaction_isolation = 'read committed' #default_transaction_read_only = off #statement_timeout = 0 # 0 is disabled #vacuum_freeze_min_age = 100000000 # - Locale and Formatting - datestyle = 'iso, mdy' #timezone = unknown # actually, defaults to TZ # environment setting #timezone_abbreviations = 'Default' # select the set of available timezone # abbreviations. Currently, there are # Default # Australia # India # However you can also create your own # file in share/timezonesets/. #extra_float_digits = 0 # min -15, max 2 #client_encoding = sql_ascii # actually, defaults to database # encoding # These settings are initialized by initdb -- they might be changed lc_messages = 'C' # locale for system error message # strings lc_monetary = 'C' # locale for monetary formatting lc_numeric = 'C' # locale for number formatting lc_time = 'C' # locale for time formatting # - Other Defaults - #explain_pretty_print = on #dynamic_library_path = '$libdir' #local_preload_libraries = '' #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # LOCK MANAGEMENT #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- #deadlock_timeout = 1s #max_locks_per_transaction = 64 # min 10 # (change requires restart) # Note: each lock table slot uses ~270 bytes of shared memory, and there are # max_locks_per_transaction * (max_connections + max_prepared_transactions) # lock table slots. #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # VERSION/PLATFORM COMPATIBILITY #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # - Previous Postgres Versions - #add_missing_from = off #array_nulls = on #backslash_quote = safe_encoding # on, off, or safe_encoding #default_with_oids = off #escape_string_warning = on #standard_conforming_strings = off #regex_flavor = advanced # advanced, extended, or basic #sql_inheritance = on # - Other Platforms & Clients - #transform_null_equals = off #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # CUSTOMIZED OPTIONS #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- #custom_variable_classes = '' # list of custom variable class names SELECT * FROM pg_stat_activity; datid | datname | procpid | usesysid | usename | current_query | waiting | query_start | backend_start | client_addr | client_port -------+---------+---------+----------+---------+---------------------------------+---------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+-------------+------------- 16384 | hqdb | 3267 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.036781+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.02413+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47892 16384 | hqdb | 3268 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.050994+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.047393+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47893 16384 | hqdb | 3269 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.056661+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.053201+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47894 16384 | hqdb | 3271 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.062351+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.058822+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47895 16384 | hqdb | 3272 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.068328+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.064517+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47896 16384 | hqdb | 3273 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.07444+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.070755+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47897 16384 | hqdb | 3274 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.080941+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.076983+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47898 16384 | hqdb | 3275 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.08741+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.083697+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47899 16384 | hqdb | 3276 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.093597+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.089977+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47900 16384 | hqdb | 3277 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> in transaction | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.133974+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:20.096149+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47901 16384 | hqdb | 3308 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-09 10:49:27.402197+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:29.826321+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47902 16384 | hqdb | 3309 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.572395+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:29.865243+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47903 16384 | hqdb | 3310 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.586273+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:29.874346+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47904 16384 | hqdb | 3311 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-09 10:10:03.024088+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:29.883598+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47905 16384 | hqdb | 3312 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> in transaction | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:35.804457+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:29.892925+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47906 16384 | hqdb | 3418 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.580207+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.56911+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47910 16384 | hqdb | 3419 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.59781+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.588609+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47911 16384 | hqdb | 3422 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-09 10:10:02.668836+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.603076+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47914 16384 | hqdb | 3421 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.770427+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.603086+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47913 16384 | hqdb | 3420 | 10 | hqadmin | <IDLE> | f | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.680785+01 | 2011-02-08 15:51:55.637058+01 | 127.0.0.1 | 47912 16384 | hqdb | 18233 | 10 | hqadmin | SELECT * FROM pg_stat_activity; | f | 2011-02-09 10:49:29.688949+01 | 2011-02-09 10:48:13.031475+01 | | -1 (21 rows)

    Read the article

  • Redmine install not working and displaying directory contents - Ubuntu 10.04

    - by Casey Flynn
    I've gone through the steps to set up and install the redmine project tracking web app on my VPS with Apache2 but I'm running into a situation where instead of displaying the redmine app, I just see the directory contents: Does anyone know what could be the problem? I'm not sure what other files might be of use to diagnose what's going on. Thanks! # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "/var/log/apache2/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "" will be interpreted by the # server as "//var/log/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.1/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # #<IfModule !mpm_winnt.c> #<IfModule !mpm_netware.c> LockFile /var/lock/apache2/accept.lock #</IfModule> #</IfModule> # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 15 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # event MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_event_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.load Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include /etc/apache2/ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # # Define an access log for VirtualHosts that don't define their own logfile CustomLog /var/log/apache2/other_vhosts_access.log vhost_combined # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include /etc/apache2/conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/ # Enable fastcgi for .fcgi files # (If you're using a distro package for mod_fcgi, something like # this is probably already present) #<IfModule mod_fcgid.c> # AddHandler fastcgi-script .fcgi # FastCgiIpcDir /var/lib/apache2/fastcgi #</IfModule> LoadModule fcgid_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_fcgid.so LoadModule passenger_module /var/lib/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.7/ext/apache2/mod_passenger.so PassengerRoot /var/lib/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.7 PassengerRuby /usr/bin/ruby1.8 ServerName demo and my vhosts file #No DNS server, default ip address v-host #domain: none #public: /home/casey/public_html/app/ <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin webmaster@localhost # ScriptAlias /redmine /home/casey/public_html/app/redmine/dispatch.fcgi DirectoryIndex index.html DocumentRoot /home/casey/public_html/app/public <Directory "/home/casey/trac/htdocs"> Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/redmine> RailsBaseURI /redmine PassengerResolveSymlinksInDocumentRoot on </Directory> # <Directory /> # Options FollowSymLinks # AllowOverride None # </Directory> # <Directory /var/www/> # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews # AllowOverride None # Order allow,deny # allow from all # </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /home/casey/public_html/app/log/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel debug CustomLog /home/casey/public_html/app/log/access.log combined # Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" # <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> # Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks # AllowOverride None # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 # </Directory> </VirtualHost>

    Read the article

  • Can't get simple Apache VHost up and running

    - by TK Kocheran
    Unfortunately, I can't seem to get a simple Apache VHost online. I used to simply have one VHost which bound to all: <VirtualHost *:80>, but this isn't appropriate for security anymore. I need to have one VHost for localhost requests (ie my dev server) and one for incoming requests via my domain name. Here's my new VHost: NameVirtualHost domain1.com <VirtualHost domain1.com:80> DocumentRoot /var/www ServerName domain1.com </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost domain2.com:80> DocumentRoot /var/www ServerName domain2.com </VirtualHost> After I restart my server, I see the following errors in my log: [Wed Feb 16 11:26:36 2011] [error] [client ####.###.###.###] File does not exist: /htdocs [Wed Feb 16 11:26:36 2011] [error] [client ####.###.###.###] File does not exist: /htdocs What am I doing wrong? EDIT As per the answer give below, I have modified my configuration. Here are my configuration files: /etc/apache2/ports.conf: Listen 80 <IfModule mod_ssl.c> # If you add NameVirtualHost *:443 here, you will also have to change # the VirtualHost statement in /etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl # to <VirtualHost *:443> # Server Name Indication for SSL named virtual hosts is currently not # supported by MSIE on Windows XP. Listen 443 </IfModule> <IfModule mod_gnutls.c> Listen 443 </IfModule> Here are my actual defined sites: /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/000-localhost: NameVirtualHost 127.0.0.1:80 <VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:80> ServerAdmin ######### DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory /var/www/> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> RewriteEngine On RewriteLog "/var/log/apache2/mod_rewrite.log" RewriteLogLevel 9 <Location /> <Limit GET POST PUT> order allow,deny allow from all deny from 65.34.248.110 deny from 69.122.239.3 deny from 58.218.199.147 deny from 65.34.248.110 </Limit> </Location> </VirtualHost> /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/001-rfkrocktk.dyndns.org: NameVirtualHost rfkrocktk.dyndns.org:80 <VirtualHost rfkrocktk.dyndns.org:80> DocumentRoot /var/www ServerName rfkrocktk.dyndns.org </VirtualHost> And, just for kicks, my main file: /etc/apache2/apache2.conf: # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "/var/log/apache2/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "" will be interpreted by the # server as "//var/log/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.1/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # #<IfModule !mpm_winnt.c> #<IfModule !mpm_netware.c> LockFile /var/lock/apache2/accept.lock #</IfModule> #</IfModule> # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 15 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # event MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_event_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.load Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include /etc/apache2/ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # # Define an access log for VirtualHosts that don't define their own logfile CustomLog /var/log/apache2/other_vhosts_access.log vhost_combined # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include /etc/apache2/conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/ what else do I need to do to fix it? Should I be telling apache to listen on 127.0.0.1:80, or isn't it already listening there?

    Read the article

  • Oracle Support Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1)

    - by faye.todd(at)oracle.com
    Master Note for Troubleshooting Advanced Queuing and Oracle Streams Propagation Issues (Doc ID 233099.1) Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle Corporation. All Rights Reserved. In this Document  Purpose  Last Review Date  Instructions for the Reader  Troubleshooting Details     1. Scope and Application      2. Definitions and Classifications     3. How to Use This Guide     4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting     5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages     6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment     7. Performance Issues  References Applies to: Oracle Server - Enterprise Edition - Version: 8.1.7.0 to 11.2.0.2 - Release: 8.1.7 to 11.2Information in this document applies to any platform. Purpose This document presents a step-by-step methodology for troubleshooting and resolving problems with Advanced Queuing Propagation in both Streams and basic Advanced Queuing environments. It also serves as a master reference for other more specific notes on Oracle Streams Propagation and Advanced Queuing Propagation issues. Last Review Date December 20, 2010 Instructions for the Reader A Troubleshooting Guide is provided to assist in debugging a specific issue. When possible, diagnostic tools are included in the document to assist in troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Details 1. Scope and Application This note is intended for Database Administrators of Oracle databases where issues are being encountered with propagating messages between advanced queues, whether the queues are used for user-created messaging systems or for Oracle Streams. It contains troubleshooting steps and links to notes for further problem resolution.It can also be used a template to document a problem when it is necessary to engage Oracle Support Services. Knowing what is NOT happening can frequently speed up the resolution process by focusing solely on the pertinent problem area. This guide is divided into five parts: Section 2: Definitions and Classifications (discusses the different types and features of propagations possible - helpful for understanding the rest of the guide) Section 3: How to Use this Guide (to be used as a start part for determining the scope of the problem and what sections to consult) Section 4. Basic AQ propagation troubleshooting (applies to both AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages as well as Oracle Streams propagations) Section 5. Additional troubleshooting steps for AQ propagation of user enqueued and dequeued messages Section 6. Additional troubleshooting steps for Oracle Streams propagation Section 7. Performance issues 2. Definitions and Classifications Given the potential scope of issues that can be encountered with AQ propagation, the first recommended step is to do some basic diagnosis to determine the type of problem that is being encountered. 2.1. What Type of Propagation is Being Used? 2.1.1. Buffered Messaging For an advanced queue, messages can be maintained on disk (persistent messaging) or in memory (buffered messaging). To determine if a queue is buffered or not, reference the GV_$BUFFERED_QUEUES view. If the queue does not appear in this view, it is persistent. 2.1.2. Propagation mode - queue-to-dblink vs queue-to-queue As of 10.2, an AQ propagation can also be defined as queue-to-dblink, or queue-to-queue: queue-to-dblink: The propagation delivers messages or events from the source queue to all subscribing queues at the destination database identified by the dblink. A single propagation schedule is used to propagate messages to all subscribing queues. Hence any changes made to this schedule will affect message delivery to all the subscribing queues. This mode does not support multiple propagations from the same source queue to the same target database. queue-to-queue: Added in 10.2, this propagation mode delivers messages or events from the source queue to a specific destination queue identified on the database link. This allows the user to have fine-grained control on the propagation schedule for message delivery. This new propagation mode also supports transparent failover when propagating to a destination Oracle RAC system. With queue-to-queue propagation, you are no longer required to re-point a database link if the owner instance of the queue fails on Oracle RAC. This mode supports multiple propagations to the same target database if the target queues are different. The default is queue-to-dblink. To verify if queue-to-queue propagation is being used, in non-Streams environments query DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.DESTINATION - if a remote queue is listed along with the remote database link, then queue-to-queue propagation is being used. For Streams environments, the DBA_PROPAGATION.QUEUE_TO_QUEUE column can be checked.See the following note for a method to switch between the two modes:Document 827473.1 How to alter propagation from queue-to-queue to queue-to-dblink 2.1.3. Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) for Streams In 11g Oracle Streams environments, an optimization called Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) is implemented by default when possible. Although a propagation is configured in this case, Streams does not use it; instead it passes information directly from capture to an apply receiver. To see if CCA is in use: COLUMN CAPTURE_NAME HEADING 'Capture Name' FORMAT A30COLUMN OPTIMIZATION HEADING 'CCA Mode?' FORMAT A10SELECT CAPTURE_NAME, DECODE(OPTIMIZATION,0, 'No','Yes') OPTIMIZATIONFROM V$STREAMS_CAPTURE; Also, see the following note:Document 463820.1 Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11g 2.2. Queue Table Compatibility There are three types of queue table compatibility. In more recent databases, queue tables may be present in all three modes of compatibility: 8.0 - earliest version, deprecated in 10.2 onwards 8.1 - support added for RAC, asynchronous notification, secure queues, queue level access control, rule-based subscribers, separate storage of history information 10.0 - if the database is in 10.1-compatible mode, then the default value for queue table compatibility is 10.0 2.3. Single vs Multiple Consumer Queue Tables If more than one recipient can dequeue a message from a queue, then its queue table is multiple consumer. You can propagate messages from a multiple-consumer queue to a single-consumer queue. Propagation from a single-consumer queue to a multiple-consumer queue is not possible. 3. How to Use This Guide 3.1. Are Messages Being Propagated at All, or is the Propagation Just Slow? Run the following query on the source database for the propagation (assuming that it is running): select TOTAL_NUMBER from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME='<source_queue_name>'; If TOTAL_NUMBER is increasing, then propagation is most likely functioning, although it may be slow. For performance issues, see Section 7. 3.2. Propagation Between Persistent User-Created Queues See Sections 4 and 5 (and optionally Section 6 if performance is an issue). 3.3. Propagation Between Buffered User-Created Queues See Sections 4, 5, and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.4. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (without Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) See Sections 4 and 6 (and optionally Section 7 if performance is an issue). 3.5. Propagation between Oracle Streams Queues (with Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) Optimization) Although an AQ propagation is not used directly in this case, some characteristics of the message transfer are inferred from the propagation parameters used. Some parts of Sections 4 and 6 still apply. 3.6. Messaging Gateway Propagations This note does not apply to Messaging Gateway propagations. 4. Basic AQ Propagation Troubleshooting 4.1. Double-check Your Code Make sure that you are consistent in your usage of the database link(s) names, queue names, etc. It may be useful to plot a diagram of which queues are connected via which database links to make sure that the logical structure is correct. 4.2. Verify that Job Queue Processes are Running 4.2.1. Versions 10.2 and Lower - DBA_JOBS Package For versions 10.2 and lower, a scheduled propagation is managed by DBMS_JOB package. The propagation is performed by job queue process background processes. Therefore we need to verify that there are sufficient processes available for the propagation process. We should have at least 4 job queue processes running and preferably more depending on the number of other jobs running in the database. It should be noted that for AQ specific work, AQ will only ever use half of the job queue processes available.An issue caused by an inadequate job queue processes parameter setting is described in the following note:Document 298015.1 Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To Self 4.2.1.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; 4.2.1.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currentlyin use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.1.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (spids) of job queue processes involved in propagation via select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from V$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOBand j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.In 8i a job queue process will have a name similar to: ora_snp1_<instance_name>.In 9i onwards you will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.2.2. Version 11.1 and Above - Oracle Scheduler In version 11.1 and above, Oracle Scheduler is used to perform AQ and Streams propagations. Oracle Scheduler automatically tunes the number of slave processes for these jobs based on the load on the computer system, and the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter is only used to specify the maximum number of slave processes. Therefore, the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES initialization parameter does not need to be set (it defaults to a very high number), unless you want to limit the number of slaves that can be created. If JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES = 0, no propagation jobs will run.See the following note for a discussion of Oracle Streams 11g and Oracle Scheduler:Document 1083608.1 11g Streams and Oracle Scheduler 4.2.2.1. Job Queue Processes in Initalization Parameter File The parameter JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES in the init.ora/spfile should be > 0, and preferably be left at its default value. The value can be changed dynamically via connect / as sysdbaalter system set JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES=10; To set the JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES parameter to its default value, run: connect / as sysdbaalter system reset JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES; and then bounce the instance. 4.2.2.2. Job Queue Processes in Memory The following command will show how many job queue processes are currently in use by this instance (this may be different than what is in the init.ora/spfile): connect / as sysdbashow parameter job; 4.2.2.3. OS PIDs Corresponding to Job Queue Processes Identify the operating system process ids (SPIDs) of job queue processes involved in propagation via col PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_namefrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDRand jr.JOB_name=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%'; and these SPIDs can be used to check at the operating system level that they exist.You will see a coordinator process: ora_cjq0_ and multiple slave processes: ora_jnnn_<instance_name>, where nnn is an integer between 1 and 999. 4.3. Check the Alert Log and Any Associated Trace Files The first place to check for propagation failures is the alert logs at all sites (local and if relevant all remote sites). When a job queue process attempts to execute a schedule and fails it will always write an error stack to the alert log. This error stack will also be written in a job queue process trace file, which will be written to the BACKGROUND_DUMP_DEST location for 10.2 and below, and in the DIAGNOSTIC_DEST location for 11g. The fact that errors are written to the alert log demonstrates that the schedule is executing. This means that the problem could be with the set up of the schedule. In this example the ORA-02068 demonstrates that the failure was at the remote site. Further investigation revealed that the remote database was not open, hence the ORA-03114 error. Starting the database resolved the problem. Thu Feb 14 10:40:05 2002 Propagation Schedule for (AQADM.MULTIPLEQ, SHANE816.WORLD) encountered following error:ORA-04052: error occurred when looking up Remote object [email protected]: error occurred at recursive SQL level 4ORA-02068: following severe error from SHANE816ORA-03114: not connected to ORACLEORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS", line 4770ORA-06512: at "SYS.DBMS_AQADM", line 548ORA-06512: at line 1 Other potential errors that may be written to the alert log can be found in the following notes:Document 827184.1 AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990 (11.1)Document 846297.1 AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn] (10.2, 11.1)Document 731292.1 ORA-25215 Reported on Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tables (10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 365093.1 ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] Reported on Propagation of a Transformed Message (10.1, 10.2)Document 219416.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails with ORA-22922 (9.0)Document 1203544.1 AQ Propagation Aborted with ORA-600 [ociksin: invalid status] on SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE After Upgrade (11.1, 11.2)Document 1087324.1 ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Advanced Queuing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfiguration (10.2)Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370 incorrect usage of method" (9.2, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 332792.1 ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up Statspack (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1)Document 353325.1 ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE <queue_name> and destination <dblink> (8.1, 9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1, 11.2)Document 787367.1 ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2 (10.1, 10.2)Document 566622.1 ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1 (9.2, 10.1)Document 731539.1 ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTP (9.0, 9.2, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1)Document 253131.1 Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555) (9.2)Document 118884.1 How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateDocument 222992.1 DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 1204080.1 AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.Document 1233675.1 AQ Propagation stops after upgrade to 11.2.0.1 ORA-30757 4.3.1. Errors Related to Incorrect Network Configuration The most common propagation errors result from an incorrect network configuration. The list below contains common errors caused by tnsnames.ora file or database links being configured incorrectly: - ORA-12154: TNS:could not resolve service name- ORA-12505: TNS:listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor- ORA-12514: TNS:listener could not resolve SERVICE_NAME - ORA-12541: TNS-12541 TNS:no listener 4.4. Check the Database Links Exist and are Functioning Correctly For schedules to remote databases confirm the database link exists via. SQL> col DBLINK for a45SQL> select QNAME, NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), DESTINATION) dblink2 from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES3 where MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT';QNAME DBLINK------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------MY_QUEUE ORCL102B.WORLD Connect as the owner of the link and select across it to verify it works and connects to the database we expect. i.e. select * from ALL_QUEUES@ ORCL102B.WORLD; You need to ensure that the userid that scheduled the propagation (using DBMS_AQADM.SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.CREATE_PROPAGATION if using Streams) has access to the database link for the destination. 4.5. Has Propagation Been Correctly Scheduled? Check that the propagation schedule has been created and that a job queue process has been assigned. Look for the entry in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES and SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES for your schedule. For 10g and below, check that it has a JOBNO entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_JOBS with that JOBNO. For 11g and above, check that the schedule has a JOB_NAME entry in SYS.AQ$_SCHEDULES, and that there is an entry in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS with that JOB_NAME. Check the destination is as intended and spelled correctly. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, DESTINATION, SCHEDULE_DISABLED, PROCESS_NAME from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME DESTINATION S PROCESS------- ---------- ------------------ - -----------AQADM MULTIPLEQ AQ$_LOCAL N J000 AQ$_LOCAL in the destination column shows that the queue to which we are propagating to is in the same database as the source queue. If the propagation was to a remote (different) database, a database link will be in the DESTINATION column. The entry in the SCHEDULE_DISABLED column, N, means that the schedule is NOT disabled. If Y (yes) appears in this column, propagation is disabled and the schedule will not be executed. If not using Oracle Streams, propagation should resume once you have enabled the schedule by invoking DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE (for 10.2 Oracle Streams and above, the DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION procedure should be used). The PROCESS_NAME is the name of the job queue process currently allocated to execute the schedule. This process is allocated dynamically at execution time. If the PROCESS_NAME column is null (empty) the schedule is not currently executing. You may need to execute this statement a number of times to verify if a process is being allocated. If a process is at some time allocated to the schedule, it is attempting to execute. SQL> select SCHEMA, QNAME, LAST_RUN_DATE, NEXT_RUN_DATE from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;SCHEMA QNAME LAST_RUN_DATE NEXT_RUN_DATE------ ----- ----------------------- ----------------------- AQADM MULTIPLEQ 13-FEB-2002 13:18:57 13-FEB-2002 13:20:30 In 11g, these dates are expressed in TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE datatypes. If the NEXT_RUN_DATE and NEXT_RUN_TIME columns are null when this statement is executed, the scheduled propagation is currently in progress. If they never change it would suggest that the schedule itself is never executing. If the next scheduled execution is too far away, change the NEXT_TIME parameter of the schedule so that schedules are executed more frequently (assuming that the window is not set to be infinite). Parameters of a schedule can be changed using the DBMS_AQADM.ALTER_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE call. In 10g and below, scheduling propagation posts a job in the DBA_JOBS view. The columns are more or less the same as DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES so you just need to recognize the job and verify that it exists. SQL> select JOB, WHAT from DBA_JOBS where WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';JOB WHAT---- ----------------- 720 next_date := sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job); For 11g, scheduling propagation posts a job in DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS instead: SQL> select JOB_NAME from DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS where JOB_NAME like 'AQ_JOB$_%';JOB_NAME------------------------------AQ_JOB$_41 If no job exists, check DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES to make sure that the schedule has not been disabled. For 10g and below, the job number is dynamic for AQ propagation schedules. The procedure that is executed to expedite a propagation schedule runs, removes itself from DBA_JOBS, and then reposts a new job for the next scheduled propagation. The job number should therefore always increment unless the schedule has been set up to run indefinitely. 4.6. Is the Schedule Executing but Failing to Complete? Run the following query: SQL> select FAILURES, LAST_ERROR_MSG from DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES;FAILURES LAST_ERROR_MSG------------ -----------------------1 ORA-25207: enqueue failed, queue AQADM.INQ is disabled from enqueueingORA-02063: preceding line from SHANE816 The failures column shows how many times we have attempted to execute the schedule and failed. Oracle will attempt to execute the schedule 16 times after which it will be removed from the DBA_JOBS or DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view and the schedule will become disabled. The column DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.SCHEDULE_DISABLED will show 'Y'. For 11g and above, the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS.STATE column will show 'BROKEN' for the job corresponding to DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES.JOB_NAME. Prior to 10g the back off algorithm for failures was exponential, whereas from 10g onwards it is linear. The propagation will become disabled on the 17th attempt. Only the last execution failure will be reflected in the LAST_ERROR_MSG column. That is, if the schedule fails 5 times for 5 different reasons, only the last set of errors will be recorded in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES. Any errors need to be resolved to allow propagation to continue. If propagation has also become disabled due to 17 failures, first resolve the reason for the error and then re-enable the schedule using the DBMS_AQADM.ENABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE procedure, or DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.START_PROPAGATION if using 10.2 or above Oracle Streams. As soon as the schedule executes successfully the error message entries will be deleted. Oracle does not keep a history of past failures. However, when using Oracle Streams, the errors will be retained in the DBA_PROPAGATION view even after the schedule resumes successfully. See the following note for instructions on how to clear out the errors from the DBA_PROPAGATION view:Document 808136.1 How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view?If a schedule is active and no errors are being reported then the source queue may not have any messages to be propagated. 4.7. Do the Propagation Notification Queue Table and Queue Exist? Check to see that the propagation notification queue table and queue exist and are enabled for enqueue and dequeue. Propagation makes use of the propagation notification queue for handling propagation run-time events, and the messages in this queue are stored in a SYS-owned queue table. This queue should never be stopped or dropped and the corresponding queue table never be dropped. 10g and belowThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ$_PROP_TABLE_n, where 'n' is the RAC instance number, i.e. '1' for a non-RAC environment. This queue and queue table are created implicitly when propagation is first scheduled. If propagation has been scheduled and these objects do not exist, try unscheduling and rescheduling propagation. If they still do not exist contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1SQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 YES YESAQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E NO NO If the AQ$_PROP_NOTIFY_1 queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_1_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue.11g and aboveThe propagation notification queue table is of the format SYS.AQ_PROP_TABLE, and is created when the database is created. If they do not exist, contact Oracle Support. SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUE_TABLES2 where QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%' and OWNER = 'SYS';QUEUE_TABLE------------------------------AQ_PROP_TABLESQL> select NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED2 from DBA_QUEUES where owner='SYS'3 and QUEUE_TABLE like '%PROP_TABLE%';NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE------------------------------ ------- -------AQ_PROP_NOTIFY YES YESAQ$_AQ_PROP_TABLE_E NO NO If the AQ_PROP_NOTIFY queue is not enabled for enqueue or dequeue, it should be so enabled using DBMS_AQADM.START_QUEUE. However, the exception queue AQ$_AQ$_PROP_TABLE_E should not be enabled for enqueue or dequeue. 4.8. Does the Remote Queue Exist and is it Enabled for Enqueueing? Check that the remote queue the propagation is transferring messages to exists and is enabled for enqueue: SQL> select DESTINATION from USER_QUEUE_SCHEDULES where QNAME = 'OUTQ';DESTINATION-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"AQADM"."INQ"@M2V102.ESSQL> select OWNER, NAME, ENQUEUE_ENABLED, DEQUEUE_ENABLED from [email protected];OWNER NAME ENQUEUE DEQUEUE-------- ------ ----------- -----------AQADM INQ YES YES 4.9. Do the Target and Source Database Charactersets Differ? If a message fails to propagate, check the database charactersets of the source and target databases. Investigate whether the same message can propagate between the databases with the same characterset or it is only a particular combination of charactersets which causes a problem. 4.10. Check the Queue Table Type Agreement Propagation is not possible between queue tables which have types that differ in some respect. One way to determine if this is the case is to run the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure for the two queues that the propagation operates on. If the types do not agree, DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES will return '0'.For AQ propagation between databases which have different NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS settings, propagation will not work, unless the queues are Oracle Streams ANYDATA queues.See the following notes for issues caused by lack of type agreement:Document 1079577.1 Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"Document 282987.1 Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueDocument 353754.1 Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT 4.11. Enable Propagation Tracing 4.11.1. System Level This is set it in the init.ora/spfile as follows: event="24040 trace name context forever, level 10" and restart the instanceThis event cannot be set dynamically with an alter system command until version 10.2: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context forever, level 10'; To unset the event: SQL> alter system set events '24040 trace name context off'; Debugging information will be logged to job queue trace file(s) (jnnn) as propagation takes place. You can check the trace file for errors, and for statements indicating that messages have been sent. For the most part the trace information is understandable. This trace should also be uploaded to Oracle Support if a service request is created. 4.11.2. Attaching to a Specific Process We can also attach to an existing job queue processes that is running a propagation schedule and trace it individually using the oradebug utility, as follows:10.2 and below connect / as sysdbaselect p.SPID, p.PROGRAM from v$PROCESS p, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 11g connect / as sysdbacol PROGRAM for a30select p.SPID, p.PROGRAM, j.JOB_NAMEfrom v$PROCESS p, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=p.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%';-- For the process id (SPID) attach to it via oradebug and generate the following traceoradebug setospid <SPID>oradebug unlimitoradebug Event 10046 trace name context forever, level 12oradebug Event 24040 trace name context forever, level 10-- Trace the process for 5 minutesoradebug Event 10046 trace name context offoradebug Event 24040 trace name context off-- The following command returns the pathname/filename to the file being written tooradebug tracefile_name 4.11.3. Further Tracing The previous tracing steps only trace the job queue process executing the propagation on the source. At times it is useful to trace the propagation receiver process (the session which is enqueueing the messages into the target queue) on the target database which is associated with the job queue process on the source database.These following queries provide ways of identifying the processes involved in propagation so that you can attach to them via oradebug to generate trace information.In order to identify the propagation receiver process you need to execute the query as a user with privileges to access the v$ views in both the local and remote databases so the database link must connect as a user with those privileges in the remote database. The <DBLINK> in the queries should be replaced by the appropriate database link.The queries have two forms due to the differences between operating systems. The value returned by 'Rem Process' is the operating system identifier of the propagation receiver on the remote database. Once identified, this process can be attached to and traced on the remote database using the commands given in Section 4.11.2.10.2 and below - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from v$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 10.2 and below - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_JOBS_RUNNING jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB=j.JOB and j.WHAT like '%sys.dbms_aqadm.aq$_propaq(job)%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS; 11g - Windows select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=substr(sr.PROCESS, instr(sr.PROCESS,':')+1); 11g - Unix select pl.SPID "JobQ Process", pl.PROGRAM, sr.PROCESS "Rem Process" from V$PROCESS pl, DBA_SCHEDULER_RUNNING_JOBS jr, V$SESSION s, DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS j, V$SESSION@<DBLINK> sr where s.SID=jr.SESSION_ID and s.PADDR=pl.ADDR and jr.JOB_NAME=j.JOB_NAME and j.JOB_NAME like '%AQ_JOB$_%%' and pl.SPID=sr.PROCESS;   5. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for AQ Propagation of User-Enqueued and Dequeued Messages 5.1. Check the Privileges of All Users Involved Ensure that the owner of the database link has the necessary privileges on the aq packages. SQL> select TABLE_NAME, PRIVILEGE from USER_TAB_PRIVS;TABLE_NAME PRIVILEGE------------------------------ ----------------------------------------DBMS_LOCK EXECUTEDBMS_AQ EXECUTEDBMS_AQADM EXECUTEDBMS_AQ_BQVIEW EXECUTEQT52814_BUFFER SELECT Note that when queue table is created, a view called QT<nnn>_BUFFER is created in the SYS schema, and the queue table owner is given SELECT privileges on it. The <nnn> corresponds to the object_id of the associated queue table. SQL> select * from USER_ROLE_PRIVS;USERNAME GRANTED_ROLE ADM DEF OS_------------------------------ ------------------------------ ---- ---- ---AQ_USER1 AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE NO YES NOAQ_USER1 CONNECT NO YES NOAQ_USER1 RESOURCE NO YES NO It is good practice to configure central AQ administrative user. All admin and processing jobs are created, executed and administered as this user. This configuration is not mandatory however, and the database link can be owned by any existing queue user. If this latter configuration is used, ensure that the connecting user has the necessary privileges on the AQ packages and objects involved. Privileges for an AQ Administrative user Execute on DBMS_AQADM Execute on DBMS_AQ Granted the AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE Privileges for an AQ user Execute on DBMS_AQ Execute on the message payload Enqueue privileges on the remote queue Dequeue privileges on the originating queue Privileges need to be confirmed on both sites when propagation is scheduled to remote destinations. Verify that the user ID used to login to the destination through the database link has been granted privileges to use AQ. 5.2. Verify Queue Payload Types AQ will not propagate messages from one queue to another if the payload types of the two queues are not verified to be equivalent. An AQ administrator can verify if the source and destination's payload types match by executing the DBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES procedure. The results of the type checking will be stored in the SYS.AQ$_MESSAGE_TYPES table. This table can be accessed using the object identifier OID of the source queue and the address database link of the destination queue, i.e. [schema.]queue_name[@destination]. Prior to Oracle 9i the payload (message type) had to be the same for all the queue tables involved in propagation. From Oracle9i onwards a transformation can be used so that payloads can be converted from one type to another. The following procedural call made on the source database can verify whether we can propagate between the source and the destination queue tables. connect aq_user1/[email protected] serverout onDECLARErc_value number;BEGINDBMS_AQADM.VERIFY_QUEUE_TYPES(src_queue_name => 'AQ_USER1.Q_1', dest_queue_name => 'AQ_USER2.Q_2',destination => 'dbl_aq_user2.es',rc => rc_value);dbms_output.put_line('rc_value code is '||rc_value);END;/ If propagation is possible then the return code value will be 1. If it is 0 then propagation is not possible and further investigation of the types and transformations used by and in conjunction with the queue tables is required. With regard to comparison of the types the following sql can be used to extract the DDL for a specific type with' %' changed appropriately on the source and target. This can then be compared for the source and target. SET LONG 20000 set pagesize 50 EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'STORAGE',false); SELECT DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL('TYPE',t.type_name) from user_types t WHERE t.type_name like '%'; EXECUTE DBMS_METADATA.SET_TRANSFORM_PARAM(DBMS_METADATA.SESSION_TRANSFORM, 'DEFAULT'); 5.3. Check Message State and Destination The first step in this process is to identify the queue table associated with the problem source queue. Although you schedule propagation for a specific queue, most of the meta-data associated with that queue is stored in the underlying queue table. The following statement finds the queue table for a given queue (note that this is a multiple-consumer queue table). SQL> select QUEUE_TABLE from DBA_QUEUES where NAME = 'MULTIPLEQ';QUEUE_TABLE --------------------MULTIPLEQTABLE For a small amount of messages in a multiple-consumer queue table, the following query can be run: SQL> select MSG_STATE, CONSUMER_NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE where QUEUE = 'MULTIPLEQ';MSG_STATE CONSUMER_NAME ADDRESS-------------- ----------------------- -------------READY AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1READY AQUSER3 AQADM.INQ In this example we see 2 messages ready to be propagated to remote queues and 1 that is not. If the address column is blank, the message is not scheduled for propagation and can only be dequeued from the queue upon which it was enqueued. The MSG_STATE column values are discussed in Document 102330.1 Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their Interpretation. If the address column has a value, the message has been enqueued for propagation to another queue. The first row in the example includes a database link (@M2V102.ES). This demonstrates that the message should be propagated to a queue at a remote database. The third row does not include a database link so will be propagated to a queue that resides on the same database as the source queue. The consumer name is the intended recipient at the target queue. Note that we are not querying the base queue table directly; rather, we are querying a view that is available on top of every queue table, AQ$<queue_table_name>.A more realistic query in an environment where the queue table contains thousands of messages is8.0.3-compatible multiple-consumer queue table and all compatibility single-consumer queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE from AQ$<queue_table_name>  group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE; 8.1.3 and 10.0-compatible queue tables select count(*), MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME from AQ$<queue_table_name>group by MSG_STATE, QUEUE, CONSUMER_NAME; For multiple-consumer queue tables, if you did not see the expected CONSUMER_NAME , check the syntax of the enqueue code and verify the recipients are declared correctly. If a recipients list is not used on enqueue, check the subscriber list in the AQ$_<queue_table_name>_S view (note that a single-consumer queue table does not have a subscriber view. This view records all members of the default subscription list which were added using the DBMS_AQADM.ADD_SUBSCRIBER procedure and also those enqueued using a recipient list. SQL> select QUEUE, NAME, ADDRESS from AQ$MULTIPLEQTABLE_S;QUEUE NAME ADDRESS---------- ----------- -------------MULTIPLEQ AQUSER2 [email protected] AQUSER1 In this example we have 2 subscribers registered with the queue. We have a local subscriber AQUSER1, and a remote subscriber AQUSER2, on the queue INQ, owned by AQADM, at M2V102.ES. Unless overridden with a recipient list during enqueue every message enqueued to this queue will be propagated to INQ at M2V102.ES.For 8.1 style and above multiple consumer queue tables, you can also check the following information at the target: select CONSUMER_NAME, DEQ_TXN_ID, DEQ_TIME, DEQ_USER_ID, PROPAGATED_MSGID from AQ$<queue_table_name> where QUEUE = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; For 8.0 style queues, if the queue table supports multiple consumers you can obtain the same information from the history column of the queue table: select h.CONSUMER, h.TRANSACTION_ID, h.DEQ_TIME, h.DEQ_USER, h.PROPAGATED_MSGIDfrom AQ$<queue_table_name> t, table(t.history) h where t.Q_NAME = '<QUEUE_NAME>'; A non-NULL TRANSACTION_ID indicates that the message was successfully propagated. Further, the DEQ_TIME indicates the time of propagation, the DEQ_USER indicates the userid used for propagation, and the PROPAGATED_MSGID indicates the message ID of the message that was enqueued at the destination. 6. Additional Troubleshooting Steps for Propagation in an Oracle Streams Environment 6.1. Is the Propagation Enabled? For a propagation job to propagate messages, the propagation must be enabled. For Streams, a special view called DBA_PROPAGATION exists to convey information about Streams propagations. If messages are not being propagated by a propagation as expected, then the propagation might not be enabled. To query for this: SELECT p.PROPAGATION_NAME, DECODE(s.SCHEDULE_DISABLED, 'Y', 'Disabled','N', 'Enabled') SCHEDULE_DISABLED, s.PROCESS_NAME, s.FAILURES, s.LAST_ERROR_MSGFROM DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES s, DBA_PROPAGATION pWHERE p.DESTINATION_DBLINK = NVL(REGEXP_SUBSTR(s.DESTINATION, '[^@]+', 1, 2), s.DESTINATION) AND s.SCHEMA = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_OWNER AND s.QNAME = p.SOURCE_QUEUE_NAME AND MESSAGE_DELIVERY_MODE = 'PERSISTENT' order by PROPAGATION_NAME; At times, the propagation job may become "broken" or fail to start after an error has been encountered or after a database restart. If an error is indicated by the above query, an attempt to disable the propagation and then re-enable it can be made. In the examples below, for the propagation named STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE where the queue name is STREAMS_QUEUE owned by STRMADMIN and the destination database link is ORCL2.WORLD, the commands would be:10.2 and above exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); If the above does not fix the problem, stop the propagation specifying the force parameter (2nd parameter on stop_propagation) as TRUE: exec dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE',true); exec dbms_propagation_adm.start_propagation('STRMADMIN_PROPAGATE'); The statistics for the propagation as well as any old error messages are cleared when the force parameter is set to TRUE. Therefore if the propagation schedule is stopped with FORCE set to TRUE, and upon restart there is still an error message in DBA_PROPAGATION, then the error message is current.9.2 or 10.1 exec dbms_aqadm.disable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms.aqadm.enable_propagation_schedule('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); If the above does not fix the problem, perform an unschedule of propagation and then schedule_propagation: exec dbms_aqadm.unschedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); exec dbms_aqadm.schedule_propagation('STRMADMIN.STREAMS_QUEUE','ORCL2.WORLD'); Typically if the error from the first query in Section 6.1 recurs after restarting the propagation as shown above, further troubleshooting of the error is needed. 6.2. Check Propagation Rule Sets and Transformations Inspect the configuration of the rules in the rule set that is associated with the propagation process to make sure that they evaluate to TRUE as expected. If not, then the object or schema will not be propagated. Remember that when a negative rule evaluates to TRUE, the specified object or schema will not be propagated. Finally inspect any rule-based transformations that are implemented with propagation to make sure they are changing the data in the intended way.The following query shows what rule sets are assigned to a propagation: select PROPAGATION_NAME, RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||RULE_SET_NAME "Positive Rule Set",NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME "Negative Rule Set"from DBA_PROPAGATION; The next two queries list the propagation rules and their conditions. The first is for the positive rule set, the second is for the negative rule set: set long 4000select rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES rwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER and RULE_SET_NAME in(select RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME;   set long 4000select c.PROPAGATION_NAME, rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_SET_NAME RULE_SET ,rsr.RULE_OWNER||'.'||rsr.RULE_NAME RULE_NAME,r.RULE_CONDITION CONDITION fromDBA_RULE_SET_RULES rsr, DBA_RULES r ,DBA_PROPAGATION cwhere rsr.RULE_NAME = r.RULE_NAME and rsr.RULE_OWNER = r.RULE_OWNER andrsr.RULE_SET_OWNER=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_OWNER and rsr.RULE_SET_NAME=c.NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAMEand rsr.RULE_SET_NAME in(select NEGATIVE_RULE_SET_NAME from DBA_PROPAGATION) order by rsr.RULE_SET_OWNER, rsr.RULE_SET_NAME; 6.3. Determining the Total Number of Messages and Bytes Propagated As in Section 3.1, determining if messages are flowing can be instructive to see whether the propagation is entirely hung or just slow. If the propagation is not in flow control (see Section 6.5.2), but the statistics are incrementing slowly, there may be a performance issue. For Streams implementations two views are available that can assist with this that can show the number of messages sent by a propagation, as well as the number of acknowledgements being returned from the target site: the V$PROPAGATION_SENDER view at the Source site and the V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER view at the destination site. It is helpful to query both to determine if messages are being delivered to the target. Look for the statistics to increase.Source: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, DBLINK,HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS, TOTAL_BYTESfrom V$PROPAGATION_SENDER; Target: select SRC_QUEUE_SCHEMA, SRC_QUEUE_NAME, SRC_DBNAME, DST_QUEUE_SCHEMA, DST_QUEUE_NAME, HIGH_WATER_MARK, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, TOTAL_MSGS from V$PROPAGATION_RECEIVER; 6.4. Check Buffered Subscribers The V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS view displays information about subscribers for all buffered queues in the instance. This view can be queried to make sure that the site that the propagation is propagating to is listed as a subscriber address for the site being propagated from: select QUEUE_SCHEMA, QUEUE_NAME, SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS from V$BUFFERED_SUBSCRIBERS; The SUBSCRIBER_ADDRESS column will not be populated when the propagation is local (between queues on the same database). 6.5. Common Streams Propagation Errors 6.5.1. ORA-02082: A loopback database link must have a connection qualifier. This error can occur if you use the Streams Setup Wizard in Oracle Enterprise Manager without first configuring the GLOBAL_NAME for your database. 6.5.2. ORA-25307: Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES will display this informational message for propagation when the automatic flow control (10g feature of Streams) has been invoked.Similar to Streams capture processes, a Streams propagation process can also go into a state of 'flow control. This is an informative message that indicates flow control has been automatically enabled to reduce the rate at which messages are being enqueued into at target queue.This typically occurs when the target site is unable to keep up with the rate of messages flowing from the source site. Other than checking that the apply process is running normally on the target site, usually no action is required by the DBA. Propagation and the capture process will be resumed automatically when the target site is able to accept more messages.The following document contains more information:Document 302109.1 Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlSee the following document for one potential cause of this situation:Document 1097115.1 Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' State 6.5.3. ORA-25315 unsupported configuration for propagation of buffered messages This error typically occurs when the target database is RAC and usually indicates that an attempt was made to propagate buffered messages with the database link pointing to an instance in the destination database which is not the owner instance of the destination queue. To resolve the problem, use queue-to-queue propagation for buffered messages. 6.5.4. ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] after dropping / recreating propagation For cause/fixes refer to:Document 421237.1 ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams Propagation 6.5.5. Stopping or Dropping a Streams Propagation Hangs See the following note:Document 1159787.1 Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It Hang 6.6. Streams Propagation-Related Notes for Common Issues Document 437838.1 Streams Specific PatchesDocument 749181.1 How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationDocument 368912.1 Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentDocument 564649.1 ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveDocument 553017.1 Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201Document 944846.1 Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]Document 745601.1 ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'Document 333068.1 ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGADocument 363496.1 Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsDocument 368237.1 Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidDocument 436332.1 dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsDocument 727389.1 Propagation Fails With ORA-12528Document 730911.1 ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetDocument 460471.1 Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsDocument 1165583.1 ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentDocument 1059029.1 Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationDocument 556309.1 Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedDocument 839568.1 Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''Document 311021.1 Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredDocument 359971.1 STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068Document 1101616.1 DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747 7. Performance Issues A propagation may seem to be slow if the queries from Sections 3.1 and 6.3 show that the message statistics are not changing quickly. In Oracle Streams, this more usually is due to a slow apply process at the target rather than a slow propagation. Propagation could be inferred to be slow if the message statistics are changing, and the state of a capture process according to V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE is PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL, but an ORA-25307 'Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow control' warning is NOT observed in DBA_QUEUE_SCHEDULES per Section 6.5.2. If this is the case, see the following notes / white papers for suggestions to increase performance:Document 335516.1 Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsDocument 730036.1 Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesDocument 780733.1 Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersWhite Paper: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-wp-10gr2-streams-performance-130059.pdfWhite Paper: Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2, http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/availability/maa-10gr2-streams-configuration-132039.pdf, See APPENDIX A: USING STREAMS CONFIGURATIONS OVER A NETWORKFor basic AQ propagation, the network tuning in the aforementioned Appendix A of the white paper 'Oracle Streams Configuration Best Practices: Oracle Database 10g Release 10.2' is applicable. References NOTE:102330.1 - Advanced Queueing MSG_STATE Values and their InterpretationNOTE:102771.1 - Advanced Queueing Propagation using PL/SQLNOTE:1059029.1 - Combined Capture and Apply (CCA) : Capture aborts : ORA-1422 after schedule_propagationNOTE:1079577.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation Fails With "ORA-22370: incorrect usage of method"NOTE:1083608.1 - 11g Streams and Oracle SchedulerNOTE:1087324.1 - ORA-01405 ORA-01422 reported by Adavanced Queueing Propagation schedules after RAC reconfigurationNOTE:1097115.1 - Oracle Streams Apply Reader is in 'Paused' StateNOTE:1101616.1 - DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM.DROP_PROPAGATION FAILS WITH ORA-1747NOTE:1159787.1 - Troubleshooting Streams Propagation When It is Not Functioning and Attempts to Stop It HangNOTE:1165583.1 - ORA-600 [kwqpuspse0-ack] In Streams EnvironmentNOTE:118884.1 - How to unschedule a propagation schedule stuck in pending stateNOTE:1203544.1 - AQ PROPAGATION ABORTED WITH ORA-600[OCIKSIN: INVALID STATUS] ON SYS.DBMS_AQADM_SYS.AQ$_PROPAGATION_PROCEDURE AFTER UPGRADENOTE:1204080.1 - AQ Propagation Failing With ORA-25329 After Upgraded From 8i or 9i to 10g or 11g.NOTE:219416.1 - Advanced Queuing Propagation fails with ORA-22922NOTE:222992.1 - DBMS_AQADM.DISABLE_PROPAGATION_SCHEDULE Returns ORA-24082NOTE:253131.1 - Concurrent Writes May Corrupt LOB Segment When Using Auto Segment Space Management (ORA-1555)NOTE:282987.1 - Propagated Messages marked UNDELIVERABLE after Drop and Recreate Of Remote QueueNOTE:298015.1 - Kwqjswproc:Excep After Loop: Assigning To SelfNOTE:302109.1 - Streams Propagation Error: ORA-25307 Enqueue rate too high. Enable flow controlNOTE:311021.1 - Streams Propagation Process : Ora 12154 After Reboot with Transparent Application Failover TAF configuredNOTE:332792.1 - ORA-04061 error relating to SYS.DBMS_PRVTAQIP reported when setting up StatspackNOTE:333068.1 - ORA-23603: Streams Enqueue Aborted Eue To Low SGANOTE:335516.1 - Master Note for Streams Performance RecommendationsNOTE:353325.1 - ORA-24056: Internal inconsistency for QUEUE and destination NOTE:353754.1 - Streams Messaging Propagation Fails between Single and Multi-byte Charactersets when using Chararacter Length Semantics in the ADT.NOTE:359971.1 - STREAMS propagation to Primary of physical Standby configuation errors with Ora-01033, Ora-02068NOTE:363496.1 - Ora-25315 Propagating on RAC StreamsNOTE:365093.1 - ORA-07445 [kwqppay2aqe()+7360] reported on Propagation of a Transformed MessageNOTE:368237.1 - Unable to Unschedule Propagation. Streams Queue is InvalidNOTE:368912.1 - Queue to Queue Propagation Schedule encountered ORA-12514 in a RAC environmentNOTE:421237.1 - ORA-600 [KWQBMCRCPTS101] reported by a Qmon slave process after dropping a Streams PropagationNOTE:436332.1 - dbms_propagation_adm.stop_propagation hangsNOTE:437838.1 - Streams Specific PatchesNOTE:460471.1 - Propagation Blocked by Qmon Process - Streams_queue_table / 'library cache lock' waitsNOTE:463820.1 - Streams Combined Capture and Apply in 11gNOTE:553017.1 - Stream Propagation Process Errors Ora-4052 Ora-6554 From 11g To 10201NOTE:556309.1 - Changing Propagation/ queue_to_queue : false -> true does does not work; no LCRs propagatedNOTE:564649.1 - ORA-02068/ORA-03114/ORA-03113 Errors From Streams Propagation Process - Remote Database is Available and Unschedule/Reschedule Does Not ResolveNOTE:566622.1 - ORA-22275 when propagating >4K AQ$_JMS_TEXT_MESSAGEs from 9.2.0.8 to 10.2.0.1NOTE:727389.1 - Propagation Fails With ORA-12528NOTE:730036.1 - Overview for Troubleshooting Streams Performance IssuesNOTE:730911.1 - ORA-4063 Is Reported After Dropping Negative Prop.RulesetNOTE:731292.1 - ORA-25215 Reported On Local Propagation When Using Transformation with ANYDATA queue tablesNOTE:731539.1 - ORA-29268: HTTP client error 401 Unauthorized Error when the AQ Servlet attempts to Propagate a message via HTTPNOTE:745601.1 - ORA-23603 'STREAMS enqueue aborted due to low SGA' Error from Streams Propagation, and V$STREAMS_CAPTURE.STATE Hanging on 'Enqueuing Message'NOTE:749181.1 - How to Recover Streams After Dropping PropagationNOTE:780733.1 - Streams Propagation Tuning with Network ParametersNOTE:787367.1 - ORA-22275 reported on Propagating Messages with LOB component when propagating between 10.1 and 10.2NOTE:808136.1 - How to clear the old errors from DBA_PROPAGATION view ?NOTE:827184.1 - AQ Propagation with CLOB data types Fails with ORA-22990NOTE:827473.1 - How to alter propagation from queue_to_queue to queue_to_dblinkNOTE:839568.1 - Propagation failing with error: ORA-01536: space quota exceeded for tablespace ''NOTE:846297.1 - AQ Propagation Fails : ORA-00600[kope2upic2954] or Ora-00600[Kghsstream_copyn]NOTE:944846.1 - Streams Propagation Fails Ora-7445 [kohrsmc]

    Read the article

  • Red Gate Coder interviews: Alex Davies

    - by Michael Williamson
    Alex Davies has been a software engineer at Red Gate since graduating from university, and is currently busy working on .NET Demon. We talked about tackling parallel programming with his actors framework, a scientific approach to debugging, and how JavaScript is going to affect the programming languages we use in years to come. So, if we start at the start, how did you get started in programming? When I was seven or eight, I was given a BBC Micro for Christmas. I had asked for a Game Boy, but my dad thought it would be better to give me a proper computer. For a year or so, I only played games on it, but then I found the user guide for writing programs in it. I gradually started doing more stuff on it and found it fun. I liked creating. As I went into senior school I continued to write stuff on there, trying to write games that weren’t very good. I got a real computer when I was fourteen and found ways to write BASIC on it. Visual Basic to start with, and then something more interesting than that. How did you learn to program? Was there someone helping you out? Absolutely not! I learnt out of a book, or by experimenting. I remember the first time I found a loop, I was like “Oh my God! I don’t have to write out the same line over and over and over again any more. It’s amazing!” When did you think this might be something that you actually wanted to do as a career? For a long time, I thought it wasn’t something that you would do as a career, because it was too much fun to be a career. I thought I’d do chemistry at university and some kind of career based on chemical engineering. And then I went to a careers fair at school when I was seventeen or eighteen, and it just didn’t interest me whatsoever. I thought “I could be a programmer, and there’s loads of money there, and I’m good at it, and it’s fun”, but also that I shouldn’t spoil my hobby. Now I don’t really program in my spare time any more, which is a bit of a shame, but I program all the rest of the time, so I can live with it. Do you think you learnt much about programming at university? Yes, definitely! I went into university knowing how to make computers do anything I wanted them to do. However, I didn’t have the language to talk about algorithms, so the algorithms course in my first year was massively important. Learning other language paradigms like functional programming was really good for breadth of understanding. Functional programming influences normal programming through design rather than actually using it all the time. I draw inspiration from it to write imperative programs which I think is actually becoming really fashionable now, but I’ve been doing it for ages. I did it first! There were also some courses on really odd programming languages, a bit of Prolog, a little bit of C. Having a little bit of each of those is something that I would have never done on my own, so it was important. And then there are knowledge-based courses which are about not programming itself but things that have been programmed like TCP. Those are really important for examples for how to approach things. Did you do any internships while you were at university? Yeah, I spent both of my summers at the same company. I thought I could code well before I went there. Looking back at the crap that I produced, it was only surpassed in its crappiness by all of the other code already in that company. I’m so much better at writing nice code now than I used to be back then. Was there just not a culture of looking after your code? There was, they just didn’t hire people for their abilities in that area. They hired people for raw IQ. The first indicator of it going wrong was that they didn’t have any computer scientists, which is a bit odd in a programming company. But even beyond that they didn’t have people who learnt architecture from anyone else. Most of them had started straight out of university, so never really had experience or mentors to learn from. There wasn’t the experience to draw from to teach each other. In the second half of my second internship, I was being given tasks like looking at new technologies and teaching people stuff. Interns shouldn’t be teaching people how to do their jobs! All interns are going to have little nuggets of things that you don’t know about, but they shouldn’t consistently be the ones who know the most. It’s not a good environment to learn. I was going to ask how you found working with people who were more experienced than you… When I reached Red Gate, I found some people who were more experienced programmers than me, and that was difficult. I’ve been coding since I was tiny. At university there were people who were cleverer than me, but there weren’t very many who were more experienced programmers than me. During my internship, I didn’t find anyone who I classed as being a noticeably more experienced programmer than me. So, it was a shock to the system to have valid criticisms rather than just formatting criticisms. However, Red Gate’s not so big on the actual code review, at least it wasn’t when I started. We did an entire product release and then somebody looked over all of the UI of that product which I’d written and say what they didn’t like. By that point, it was way too late and I’d disagree with them. Do you think the lack of code reviews was a bad thing? I think if there’s going to be any oversight of new people, then it should be continuous rather than chunky. For me I don’t mind too much, I could go out and get oversight if I wanted it, and in those situations I felt comfortable without it. If I was managing the new person, then maybe I’d be keener on oversight and then the right way to do it is continuously and in very, very small chunks. Have you had any significant projects you’ve worked on outside of a job? When I was a teenager I wrote all sorts of stuff. I used to write games, I derived how to do isomorphic projections myself once. I didn’t know what the word was so I couldn’t Google for it, so I worked it out myself. It was horrifically complicated. But it sort of tailed off when I started at university, and is now basically zero. If I do side-projects now, they tend to be work-related side projects like my actors framework, NAct, which I started in a down tools week. Could you explain a little more about NAct? It is a little C# framework for writing parallel code more easily. Parallel programming is difficult when you need to write to shared data. Sometimes parallel programming is easy because you don’t need to write to shared data. When you do need to access shared data, you could just have your threads pile in and do their work, but then you would screw up the data because the threads would trample on each other’s toes. You could lock, but locks are really dangerous if you’re using more than one of them. You get interactions like deadlocks, and that’s just nasty. Actors instead allows you to say this piece of data belongs to this thread of execution, and nobody else can read it. If you want to read it, then ask that thread of execution for a piece of it by sending a message, and it will send the data back by a message. And that avoids deadlocks as long as you follow some obvious rules about not making your actors sit around waiting for other actors to do something. There are lots of ways to write actors, NAct allows you to do it as if it was method calls on other objects, which means you get all the strong type-safety that C# programmers like. Do you think that this is suitable for the majority of parallel programming, or do you think it’s only suitable for specific cases? It’s suitable for most difficult parallel programming. If you’ve just got a hundred web requests which are all independent of each other, then I wouldn’t bother because it’s easier to just spin them up in separate threads and they can proceed independently of each other. But where you’ve got difficult parallel programming, where you’ve got multiple threads accessing multiple bits of data in multiple ways at different times, then actors is at least as good as all other ways, and is, I reckon, easier to think about. When you’re using actors, you presumably still have to write your code in a different way from you would otherwise using single-threaded code. You can’t use actors with any methods that have return types, because you’re not allowed to call into another actor and wait for it. If you want to get a piece of data out of another actor, then you’ve got to use tasks so that you can use “async” and “await” to await asynchronously for it. But other than that, you can still stick things in classes so it’s not too different really. Rather than having thousands of objects with mutable state, you can use component-orientated design, where there are only a few mutable classes which each have a small number of instances. Then there can be thousands of immutable objects. If you tend to do that anyway, then actors isn’t much of a jump. If I’ve already built my system without any parallelism, how hard is it to add actors to exploit all eight cores on my desktop? Usually pretty easy. If you can identify even one boundary where things look like messages and you have components where some objects live on one side and these other objects live on the other side, then you can have a granddaddy object on one side be an actor and it will parallelise as it goes across that boundary. Not too difficult. If we do get 1000-core desktop PCs, do you think actors will scale up? It’s hard. There are always in the order of twenty to fifty actors in my whole program because I tend to write each component as actors, and I tend to have one instance of each component. So this won’t scale to a thousand cores. What you can do is write data structures out of actors. I use dictionaries all over the place, and if you need a dictionary that is going to be accessed concurrently, then you could build one of those out of actors in no time. You can use queuing to marshal requests between different slices of the dictionary which are living on different threads. So it’s like a distributed hash table but all of the chunks of it are on the same machine. That means that each of these thousand processors has cached one small piece of the dictionary. I reckon it wouldn’t be too big a leap to start doing proper parallelism. Do you think it helps if actors get baked into the language, similarly to Erlang? Erlang is excellent in that it has thread-local garbage collection. C# doesn’t, so there’s a limit to how well C# actors can possibly scale because there’s a single garbage collected heap shared between all of them. When you do a global garbage collection, you’ve got to stop all of the actors, which is seriously expensive, whereas in Erlang garbage collections happen per-actor, so they’re insanely cheap. However, Erlang deviated from all the sensible language design that people have used recently and has just come up with crazy stuff. You can definitely retrofit thread-local garbage collection to .NET, and then it’s quite well-suited to support actors, even if it’s not baked into the language. Speaking of language design, do you have a favourite programming language? I’ll choose a language which I’ve never written before. I like the idea of Scala. It sounds like C#, only with some of the niggles gone. I enjoy writing static types. It means you don’t have to writing tests so much. When you say it doesn’t have some of the niggles? C# doesn’t allow the use of a property as a method group. It doesn’t have Scala case classes, or sum types, where you can do a switch statement and the compiler checks that you’ve checked all the cases, which is really useful in functional-style programming. Pattern-matching, in other words. That’s actually the major niggle. C# is pretty good, and I’m quite happy with C#. And what about going even further with the type system to remove the need for tests to something like Haskell? Or is that a step too far? I’m quite a pragmatist, I don’t think I could deal with trying to write big systems in languages with too few other users, especially when learning how to structure things. I just don’t know anyone who can teach me, and the Internet won’t teach me. That’s the main reason I wouldn’t use it. If I turned up at a company that writes big systems in Haskell, I would have no objection to that, but I wouldn’t instigate it. What about things in C#? For instance, there’s contracts in C#, so you can try to statically verify a bit more about your code. Do you think that’s useful, or just not worthwhile? I’ve not really tried it. My hunch is that it needs to be built into the language and be quite mathematical for it to work in real life, and that doesn’t seem to have ended up true for C# contracts. I don’t think anyone who’s tried them thinks they’re any good. I might be wrong. On a slightly different note, how do you like to debug code? I think I’m quite an odd debugger. I use guesswork extremely rarely, especially if something seems quite difficult to debug. I’ve been bitten spending hours and hours on guesswork and not being scientific about debugging in the past, so now I’m scientific to a fault. What I want is to see the bug happening in the debugger, to step through the bug happening. To watch the program going from a valid state to an invalid state. When there’s a bug and I can’t work out why it’s happening, I try to find some piece of evidence which places the bug in one section of the code. From that experiment, I binary chop on the possible causes of the bug. I suppose that means binary chopping on places in the code, or binary chopping on a stage through a processing cycle. Basically, I’m very stupid about how I debug. I won’t make any guesses, I won’t use any intuition, I will only identify the experiment that’s going to binary chop most effectively and repeat rather than trying to guess anything. I suppose it’s quite top-down. Is most of the time then spent in the debugger? Absolutely, if at all possible I will never debug using print statements or logs. I don’t really hold much stock in outputting logs. If there’s any bug which can be reproduced locally, I’d rather do it in the debugger than outputting logs. And with SmartAssembly error reporting, there’s not a lot that can’t be either observed in an error report and just fixed, or reproduced locally. And in those other situations, maybe I’ll use logs. But I hate using logs. You stare at the log, trying to guess what’s going on, and that’s exactly what I don’t like doing. You have to just look at it and see does this look right or wrong. We’ve covered how you get to grip with bugs. How do you get to grips with an entire codebase? I watch it in the debugger. I find little bugs and then try to fix them, and mostly do it by watching them in the debugger and gradually getting an understanding of how the code works using my process of binary chopping. I have to do a lot of reading and watching code to choose where my slicing-in-half experiment is going to be. The last time I did it was SmartAssembly. The old code was a complete mess, but at least it did things top to bottom. There wasn’t too much of some of the big abstractions where flow of control goes all over the place, into a base class and back again. Code’s really hard to understand when that happens. So I like to choose a little bug and try to fix it, and choose a bigger bug and try to fix it. Definitely learn by doing. I want to always have an aim so that I get a little achievement after every few hours of debugging. Once I’ve learnt the codebase I might be able to fix all the bugs in an hour, but I’d rather be using them as an aim while I’m learning the codebase. If I was a maintainer of a codebase, what should I do to make it as easy as possible for you to understand? Keep distinct concepts in different places. And name your stuff so that it’s obvious which concepts live there. You shouldn’t have some variable that gets set miles up the top of somewhere, and then is read miles down to choose some later behaviour. I’m talking from a very much SmartAssembly point of view because the old SmartAssembly codebase had tons and tons of these things, where it would read some property of the code and then deal with it later. Just thousands of variables in scope. Loads of things to think about. If you can keep concepts separate, then it aids me in my process of fixing bugs one at a time, because each bug is going to more or less be understandable in the one place where it is. And what about tests? Do you think they help at all? I’ve never had the opportunity to learn a codebase which has had tests, I don’t know what it’s like! What about when you’re actually developing? How useful do you find tests in finding bugs or regressions? Finding regressions, absolutely. Running bits of code that would be quite hard to run otherwise, definitely. It doesn’t happen very often that a test finds a bug in the first place. I don’t really buy nebulous promises like tests being a good way to think about the spec of the code. My thinking goes something like “This code works at the moment, great, ship it! Ah, there’s a way that this code doesn’t work. Okay, write a test, demonstrate that it doesn’t work, fix it, use the test to demonstrate that it’s now fixed, and keep the test for future regressions.” The most valuable tests are for bugs that have actually happened at some point, because bugs that have actually happened at some point, despite the fact that you think you’ve fixed them, are way more likely to appear again than new bugs are. Does that mean that when you write your code the first time, there are no tests? Often. The chance of there being a bug in a new feature is relatively unaffected by whether I’ve written a test for that new feature because I’m not good enough at writing tests to think of bugs that I would have written into the code. So not writing regression tests for all of your code hasn’t affected you too badly? There are different kinds of features. Some of them just always work, and are just not flaky, they just continue working whatever you throw at them. Maybe because the type-checker is particularly effective around them. Writing tests for those features which just tend to always work is a waste of time. And because it’s a waste of time I’ll tend to wait until a feature has demonstrated its flakiness by having bugs in it before I start trying to test it. You can get a feel for whether it’s going to be flaky code as you’re writing it. I try to write it to make it not flaky, but there are some things that are just inherently flaky. And very occasionally, I’ll think “this is going to be flaky” as I’m writing, and then maybe do a test, but not most of the time. How do you think your programming style has changed over time? I’ve got clearer about what the right way of doing things is. I used to flip-flop a lot between different ideas. Five years ago I came up with some really good ideas and some really terrible ideas. All of them seemed great when I thought of them, but they were quite diverse ideas, whereas now I have a smaller set of reliable ideas that are actually good for structuring code. So my code is probably more similar to itself than it used to be back in the day, when I was trying stuff out. I’ve got more disciplined about encapsulation, I think. There are operational things like I use actors more now than I used to, and that forces me to use immutability more than I used to. The first code that I wrote in Red Gate was the memory profiler UI, and that was an actor, I just didn’t know the name of it at the time. I don’t really use object-orientation. By object-orientation, I mean having n objects of the same type which are mutable. I want a constant number of objects that are mutable, and they should be different types. I stick stuff in dictionaries and then have one thing that owns the dictionary and puts stuff in and out of it. That’s definitely a pattern that I’ve seen recently. I think maybe I’m doing functional programming. Possibly. It’s plausible. If you had to summarise the essence of programming in a pithy sentence, how would you do it? Programming is the form of art that, without losing any of the beauty of architecture or fine art, allows you to produce things that people love and you make money from. So you think it’s an art rather than a science? It’s a little bit of engineering, a smidgeon of maths, but it’s not science. Like architecture, programming is on that boundary between art and engineering. If you want to do it really nicely, it’s mostly art. You can get away with doing architecture and programming entirely by having a good engineering mind, but you’re not going to produce anything nice. You’re not going to have joy doing it if you’re an engineering mind. Architects who are just engineering minds are not going to enjoy their job. I suppose engineering is the foundation on which you build the art. Exactly. How do you think programming is going to change over the next ten years? There will be an unfortunate shift towards dynamically-typed languages, because of JavaScript. JavaScript has an unfair advantage. JavaScript’s unfair advantage will cause more people to be exposed to dynamically-typed languages, which means other dynamically-typed languages crop up and the best features go into dynamically-typed languages. Then people conflate the good features with the fact that it’s dynamically-typed, and more investment goes into dynamically-typed languages. They end up better, so people use them. What about the idea of compiling other languages, possibly statically-typed, to JavaScript? It’s a reasonable idea. I would like to do it, but I don’t think enough people in the world are going to do it to make it pick up. The hordes of beginners are the lifeblood of a language community. They are what makes there be good tools and what makes there be vibrant community websites. And any particular thing which is the same as JavaScript only with extra stuff added to it, although it might be technically great, is not going to have the hordes of beginners. JavaScript is always to be quickest and easiest way for a beginner to start programming in the browser. And dynamically-typed languages are great for beginners. Compilers are pretty scary and beginners don’t write big code. And having your errors come up in the same place, whether they’re statically checkable errors or not, is quite nice for a beginner. If someone asked me to teach them some programming, I’d teach them JavaScript. If dynamically-typed languages are great for beginners, when do you think the benefits of static typing start to kick in? The value of having a statically typed program is in the tools that rely on the static types to produce a smooth IDE experience rather than actually telling me my compile errors. And only once you’re experienced enough a programmer that having a really smooth IDE experience makes a blind bit of difference, does static typing make a blind bit of difference. So it’s not really about size of codebase. If I go and write up a tiny program, I’m still going to get value out of writing it in C# using ReSharper because I’m experienced with C# and ReSharper enough to be able to write code five times faster if I have that help. Any other visions of the future? Nobody’s going to use actors. Because everyone’s going to be running on single-core VMs connected over network-ready protocols like JSON over HTTP. So, parallelism within one operating system is going to die. But until then, you should use actors. More Red Gater Coder interviews

    Read the article

  • The Incremental Architect&rsquo;s Napkin - #5 - Design functions for extensibility and readability

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/08/24/the-incremental-architectrsquos-napkin---5---design-functions-for.aspx The functionality of programs is entered via Entry Points. So what we´re talking about when designing software is a bunch of functions handling the requests represented by and flowing in through those Entry Points. Designing software thus consists of at least three phases: Analyzing the requirements to find the Entry Points and their signatures Designing the functionality to be executed when those Entry Points get triggered Implementing the functionality according to the design aka coding I presume, you´re familiar with phase 1 in some way. And I guess you´re proficient in implementing functionality in some programming language. But in my experience developers in general are not experienced in going through an explicit phase 2. “Designing functionality? What´s that supposed to mean?” you might already have thought. Here´s my definition: To design functionality (or functional design for short) means thinking about… well, functions. You find a solution for what´s supposed to happen when an Entry Point gets triggered in terms of functions. A conceptual solution that is, because those functions only exist in your head (or on paper) during this phase. But you may have guess that, because it´s “design” not “coding”. And here is, what functional design is not: It´s not about logic. Logic is expressions (e.g. +, -, && etc.) and control statements (e.g. if, switch, for, while etc.). Also I consider calling external APIs as logic. It´s equally basic. It´s what code needs to do in order to deliver some functionality or quality. Logic is what´s doing that needs to be done by software. Transformations are either done through expressions or API-calls. And then there is alternative control flow depending on the result of some expression. Basically it´s just jumps in Assembler, sometimes to go forward (if, switch), sometimes to go backward (for, while, do). But calling your own function is not logic. It´s not necessary to produce any outcome. Functionality is not enhanced by adding functions (subroutine calls) to your code. Nor is quality increased by adding functions. No performance gain, no higher scalability etc. through functions. Functions are not relevant to functionality. Strange, isn´t it. What they are important for is security of investment. By introducing functions into our code we can become more productive (re-use) and can increase evolvability (higher unterstandability, easier to keep code consistent). That´s no small feat, however. Evolvable code can hardly be overestimated. That´s why to me functional design is so important. It´s at the core of software development. To sum this up: Functional design is on a level of abstraction above (!) logical design or algorithmic design. Functional design is only done until you get to a point where each function is so simple you are very confident you can easily code it. Functional design an logical design (which mostly is coding, but can also be done using pseudo code or flow charts) are complementary. Software needs both. If you start coding right away you end up in a tangled mess very quickly. Then you need back out through refactoring. Functional design on the other hand is bloodless without actual code. It´s just a theory with no experiments to prove it. But how to do functional design? An example of functional design Let´s assume a program to de-duplicate strings. The user enters a number of strings separated by commas, e.g. a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a. And the program is supposed to clear this list of all doubles, e.g. a, b, c, d, e. There is only one Entry Point to this program: the user triggers the de-duplication by starting the program with the string list on the command line C:\>deduplicate "a, b, a, c, d, b, e, c, a" a, b, c, d, e …or by clicking on a GUI button. This leads to the Entry Point function to get called. It´s the program´s main function in case of the batch version or a button click event handler in the GUI version. That´s the physical Entry Point so to speak. It´s inevitable. What then happens is a three step process: Transform the input data from the user into a request. Call the request handler. Transform the output of the request handler into a tangible result for the user. Or to phrase it a bit more generally: Accept input. Transform input into output. Present output. This does not mean any of these steps requires a lot of effort. Maybe it´s just one line of code to accomplish it. Nevertheless it´s a distinct step in doing the processing behind an Entry Point. Call it an aspect or a responsibility - and you will realize it most likely deserves a function of its own to satisfy the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP). Interestingly the above list of steps is already functional design. There is no logic, but nevertheless the solution is described - albeit on a higher level of abstraction than you might have done yourself. But it´s still on a meta-level. The application to the domain at hand is easy, though: Accept string list from command line De-duplicate Present de-duplicated strings on standard output And this concrete list of processing steps can easily be transformed into code:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var output = Deduplicate(input); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } Instead of a big problem there are three much smaller problems now. If you think each of those is trivial to implement, then go for it. You can stop the functional design at this point. But maybe, just maybe, you´re not so sure how to go about with the de-duplication for example. Then just implement what´s easy right now, e.g.private static string Accept_string_list(string[] args) { return args[0]; } private static void Present_deduplicated_string_list( string[] output) { var line = string.Join(", ", output); Console.WriteLine(line); } Accept_string_list() contains logic in the form of an API-call. Present_deduplicated_string_list() contains logic in the form of an expression and an API-call. And then repeat the functional design for the remaining processing step. What´s left is the domain logic: de-duplicating a list of strings. How should that be done? Without any logic at our disposal during functional design you´re left with just functions. So which functions could make up the de-duplication? Here´s a suggestion: De-duplicate Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Processing step 2 obviously was the core of the solution. That´s where real creativity was needed. That´s the core of the domain. But now after this refinement the implementation of each step is easy again:private static string[] Parse_string_list(string input) { return input.Split(',') .Select(s => s.Trim()) .ToArray(); } private static Dictionary<string,object> Compile_unique_strings(string[] strings) { return strings.Aggregate( new Dictionary<string, object>(), (agg, s) => { agg[s] = null; return agg; }); } private static string[] Serialize_unique_strings( Dictionary<string,object> dict) { return dict.Keys.ToArray(); } With these three additional functions Main() now looks like this:static void Main(string[] args) { var input = Accept_string_list(args); var strings = Parse_string_list(input); var dict = Compile_unique_strings(strings); var output = Serialize_unique_strings(dict); Present_deduplicated_string_list(output); } I think that´s very understandable code: just read it from top to bottom and you know how the solution to the problem works. It´s a mirror image of the initial design: Accept string list from command line Parse the input string into a true list of strings. Register each string in a dictionary/map/set. That way duplicates get cast away. Transform the data structure into a list of unique strings. Present de-duplicated strings on standard output You can even re-generate the design by just looking at the code. Code and functional design thus are always in sync - if you follow some simple rules. But about that later. And as a bonus: all the functions making up the process are small - which means easy to understand, too. So much for an initial concrete example. Now it´s time for some theory. Because there is method to this madness ;-) The above has only scratched the surface. Introducing Flow Design Functional design starts with a given function, the Entry Point. Its goal is to describe the behavior of the program when the Entry Point is triggered using a process, not an algorithm. An algorithm consists of logic, a process on the other hand consists just of steps or stages. Each processing step transforms input into output or a side effect. Also it might access resources, e.g. a printer, a database, or just memory. Processing steps thus can rely on state of some sort. This is different from Functional Programming, where functions are supposed to not be stateful and not cause side effects.[1] In its simplest form a process can be written as a bullet point list of steps, e.g. Get data from user Output result to user Transform data Parse data Map result for output Such a compilation of steps - possibly on different levels of abstraction - often is the first artifact of functional design. It can be generated by a team in an initial design brainstorming. Next comes ordering the steps. What should happen first, what next etc.? Get data from user Parse data Transform data Map result for output Output result to user That´s great for a start into functional design. It´s better than starting to code right away on a given function using TDD. Please get me right: TDD is a valuable practice. But it can be unnecessarily hard if the scope of a functionn is too large. But how do you know beforehand without investing some thinking? And how to do this thinking in a systematic fashion? My recommendation: For any given function you´re supposed to implement first do a functional design. Then, once you´re confident you know the processing steps - which are pretty small - refine and code them using TDD. You´ll see that´s much, much easier - and leads to cleaner code right away. For more information on this approach I call “Informed TDD” read my book of the same title. Thinking before coding is smart. And writing down the solution as a bunch of functions possibly is the simplest thing you can do, I´d say. It´s more according to the KISS (Keep It Simple, Stupid) principle than returning constants or other trivial stuff TDD development often is started with. So far so good. A simple ordered list of processing steps will do to start with functional design. As shown in the above example such steps can easily be translated into functions. Moving from design to coding thus is simple. However, such a list does not scale. Processing is not always that simple to be captured in a list. And then the list is just text. Again. Like code. That means the design is lacking visuality. Textual representations need more parsing by your brain than visual representations. Plus they are limited in their “dimensionality”: text just has one dimension, it´s sequential. Alternatives and parallelism are hard to encode in text. In addition the functional design using numbered lists lacks data. It´s not visible what´s the input, output, and state of the processing steps. That´s why functional design should be done using a lightweight visual notation. No tool is necessary to draw such designs. Use pen and paper; a flipchart, a whiteboard, or even a napkin is sufficient. Visualizing processes The building block of the functional design notation is a functional unit. I mostly draw it like this: Something is done, it´s clear what goes in, it´s clear what comes out, and it´s clear what the processing step requires in terms of state or hardware. Whenever input flows into a functional unit it gets processed and output is produced and/or a side effect occurs. Flowing data is the driver of something happening. That´s why I call this approach to functional design Flow Design. It´s about data flow instead of control flow. Control flow like in algorithms is of no concern to functional design. Thinking about control flow simply is too low level. Once you start with control flow you easily get bogged down by tons of details. That´s what you want to avoid during design. Design is supposed to be quick, broad brush, abstract. It should give overview. But what about all the details? As Robert C. Martin rightly said: “Programming is abot detail”. Detail is a matter of code. Once you start coding the processing steps you designed you can worry about all the detail you want. Functional design does not eliminate all the nitty gritty. It just postpones tackling them. To me that´s also an example of the SRP. Function design has the responsibility to come up with a solution to a problem posed by a single function (Entry Point). And later coding has the responsibility to implement the solution down to the last detail (i.e. statement, API-call). TDD unfortunately mixes both responsibilities. It´s just coding - and thereby trying to find detailed implementations (green phase) plus getting the design right (refactoring). To me that´s one reason why TDD has failed to deliver on its promise for many developers. Using functional units as building blocks of functional design processes can be depicted very easily. Here´s the initial process for the example problem: For each processing step draw a functional unit and label it. Choose a verb or an “action phrase” as a label, not a noun. Functional design is about activities, not state or structure. Then make the output of an upstream step the input of a downstream step. Finally think about the data that should flow between the functional units. Write the data above the arrows connecting the functional units in the direction of the data flow. Enclose the data description in brackets. That way you can clearly see if all flows have already been specified. Empty brackets mean “no data is flowing”, but nevertheless a signal is sent. A name like “list” or “strings” in brackets describes the data content. Use lower case labels for that purpose. A name starting with an upper case letter like “String” or “Customer” on the other hand signifies a data type. If you like, you also can combine descriptions with data types by separating them with a colon, e.g. (list:string) or (strings:string[]). But these are just suggestions from my practice with Flow Design. You can do it differently, if you like. Just be sure to be consistent. Flows wired-up in this manner I call one-dimensional (1D). Each functional unit just has one input and/or one output. A functional unit without an output is possible. It´s like a black hole sucking up input without producing any output. Instead it produces side effects. A functional unit without an input, though, does make much sense. When should it start to work? What´s the trigger? That´s why in the above process even the first processing step has an input. If you like, view such 1D-flows as pipelines. Data is flowing through them from left to right. But as you can see, it´s not always the same data. It get´s transformed along its passage: (args) becomes a (list) which is turned into (strings). The Principle of Mutual Oblivion A very characteristic trait of flows put together from function units is: no functional units knows another one. They are all completely independent of each other. Functional units don´t know where their input is coming from (or even when it´s gonna arrive). They just specify a range of values they can process. And they promise a certain behavior upon input arriving. Also they don´t know where their output is going. They just produce it in their own time independent of other functional units. That means at least conceptually all functional units work in parallel. Functional units don´t know their “deployment context”. They now nothing about the overall flow they are place in. They are just consuming input from some upstream, and producing output for some downstream. That makes functional units very easy to test. At least as long as they don´t depend on state or resources. I call this the Principle of Mutual Oblivion (PoMO). Functional units are oblivious of others as well as an overall context/purpose. They are just parts of a whole focused on a single responsibility. How the whole is built, how a larger goal is achieved, is of no concern to the single functional units. By building software in such a manner, functional design interestingly follows nature. Nature´s building blocks for organisms also follow the PoMO. The cells forming your body do not know each other. Take a nerve cell “controlling” a muscle cell for example:[2] The nerve cell does not know anything about muscle cells, let alone the specific muscel cell it is “attached to”. Likewise the muscle cell does not know anything about nerve cells, let a lone a specific nerve cell “attached to” it. Saying “the nerve cell is controlling the muscle cell” thus only makes sense when viewing both from the outside. “Control” is a concept of the whole, not of its parts. Control is created by wiring-up parts in a certain way. Both cells are mutually oblivious. Both just follow a contract. One produces Acetylcholine (ACh) as output, the other consumes ACh as input. Where the ACh is going, where it´s coming from neither cell cares about. Million years of evolution have led to this kind of division of labor. And million years of evolution have produced organism designs (DNA) which lead to the production of these different cell types (and many others) and also to their co-location. The result: the overall behavior of an organism. How and why this happened in nature is a mystery. For our software, though, it´s clear: functional and quality requirements needs to be fulfilled. So we as developers have to become “intelligent designers” of “software cells” which we put together to form a “software organism” which responds in satisfying ways to triggers from it´s environment. My bet is: If nature gets complex organisms working by following the PoMO, who are we to not apply this recipe for success to our much simpler “machines”? So my rule is: Wherever there is functionality to be delivered, because there is a clear Entry Point into software, design the functionality like nature would do it. Build it from mutually oblivious functional units. That´s what Flow Design is about. In that way it´s even universal, I´d say. Its notation can also be applied to biology: Never mind labeling the functional units with nouns. That´s ok in Flow Design. You´ll do that occassionally for functional units on a higher level of abstraction or when their purpose is close to hardware. Getting a cockroach to roam your bedroom takes 1,000,000 nerve cells (neurons). Getting the de-duplication program to do its job just takes 5 “software cells” (functional units). Both, though, follow the same basic principle. Translating functional units into code Moving from functional design to code is no rocket science. In fact it´s straightforward. There are two simple rules: Translate an input port to a function. Translate an output port either to a return statement in that function or to a function pointer visible to that function. The simplest translation of a functional unit is a function. That´s what you saw in the above example. Functions are mutually oblivious. That why Functional Programming likes them so much. It makes them composable. Which is the reason, nature works according to the PoMO. Let´s be clear about one thing: There is no dependency injection in nature. For all of an organism´s complexity no DI container is used. Behavior is the result of smooth cooperation between mutually oblivious building blocks. Functions will often be the adequate translation for the functional units in your designs. But not always. Take for example the case, where a processing step should not always produce an output. Maybe the purpose is to filter input. Here the functional unit consumes words and produces words. But it does not pass along every word flowing in. Some words are swallowed. Think of a spell checker. It probably should not check acronyms for correctness. There are too many of them. Or words with no more than two letters. Such words are called “stop words”. In the above picture the optionality of the output is signified by the astrisk outside the brackets. It means: Any number of (word) data items can flow from the functional unit for each input data item. It might be none or one or even more. This I call a stream of data. Such behavior cannot be translated into a function where output is generated with return. Because a function always needs to return a value. So the output port is translated into a function pointer or continuation which gets passed to the subroutine when called:[3]void filter_stop_words( string word, Action<string> onNoStopWord) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } If you want to be nitpicky you might call such a function pointer parameter an injection. And technically you´re right. Conceptually, though, it´s not an injection. Because the subroutine is not functionally dependent on the continuation. Firstly continuations are procedures, i.e. subroutines without a return type. Remember: Flow Design is about unidirectional data flow. Secondly the name of the formal parameter is chosen in a way as to not assume anything about downstream processing steps. onNoStopWord describes a situation (or event) within the functional unit only. Translating output ports into function pointers helps keeping functional units mutually oblivious in cases where output is optional or produced asynchronically. Either pass the function pointer to the function upon call. Or make it global by putting it on the encompassing class. Then it´s called an event. In C# that´s even an explicit feature.class Filter { public void filter_stop_words( string word) { if (...check if not a stop word...) onNoStopWord(word); } public event Action<string> onNoStopWord; } When to use a continuation and when to use an event dependens on how a functional unit is used in flows and how it´s packed together with others into classes. You´ll see examples further down the Flow Design road. Another example of 1D functional design Let´s see Flow Design once more in action using the visual notation. How about the famous word wrap kata? Robert C. Martin has posted a much cited solution including an extensive reasoning behind his TDD approach. So maybe you want to compare it to Flow Design. The function signature given is:string WordWrap(string text, int maxLineLength) {...} That´s not an Entry Point since we don´t see an application with an environment and users. Nevertheless it´s a function which is supposed to provide a certain functionality. The text passed in has to be reformatted. The input is a single line of arbitrary length consisting of words separated by spaces. The output should consist of one or more lines of a maximum length specified. If a word is longer than a the maximum line length it can be split in multiple parts each fitting in a line. Flow Design Let´s start by brainstorming the process to accomplish the feat of reformatting the text. What´s needed? Words need to be assembled into lines Words need to be extracted from the input text The resulting lines need to be assembled into the output text Words too long to fit in a line need to be split Does sound about right? I guess so. And it shows a kind of priority. Long words are a special case. So maybe there is a hint for an incremental design here. First let´s tackle “average words” (words not longer than a line). Here´s the Flow Design for this increment: The the first three bullet points turned into functional units with explicit data added. As the signature requires a text is transformed into another text. See the input of the first functional unit and the output of the last functional unit. In between no text flows, but words and lines. That´s good to see because thereby the domain is clearly represented in the design. The requirements are talking about words and lines and here they are. But note the asterisk! It´s not outside the brackets but inside. That means it´s not a stream of words or lines, but lists or sequences. For each text a sequence of words is output. For each sequence of words a sequence of lines is produced. The asterisk is used to abstract from the concrete implementation. Like with streams. Whether the list of words gets implemented as an array or an IEnumerable is not important during design. It´s an implementation detail. Does any processing step require further refinement? I don´t think so. They all look pretty “atomic” to me. And if not… I can always backtrack and refine a process step using functional design later once I´ve gained more insight into a sub-problem. Implementation The implementation is straightforward as you can imagine. The processing steps can all be translated into functions. Each can be tested easily and separately. Each has a focused responsibility. And the process flow becomes just a sequence of function calls: Easy to understand. It clearly states how word wrapping works - on a high level of abstraction. And it´s easy to evolve as you´ll see. Flow Design - Increment 2 So far only texts consisting of “average words” are wrapped correctly. Words not fitting in a line will result in lines too long. Wrapping long words is a feature of the requested functionality. Whether it´s there or not makes a difference to the user. To quickly get feedback I decided to first implement a solution without this feature. But now it´s time to add it to deliver the full scope. Fortunately Flow Design automatically leads to code following the Open Closed Principle (OCP). It´s easy to extend it - instead of changing well tested code. How´s that possible? Flow Design allows for extension of functionality by inserting functional units into the flow. That way existing functional units need not be changed. The data flow arrow between functional units is a natural extension point. No need to resort to the Strategy Pattern. No need to think ahead where extions might need to be made in the future. I just “phase in” the remaining processing step: Since neither Extract words nor Reformat know of their environment neither needs to be touched due to the “detour”. The new processing step accepts the output of the existing upstream step and produces data compatible with the existing downstream step. Implementation - Increment 2 A trivial implementation checking the assumption if this works does not do anything to split long words. The input is just passed on: Note how clean WordWrap() stays. The solution is easy to understand. A developer looking at this code sometime in the future, when a new feature needs to be build in, quickly sees how long words are dealt with. Compare this to Robert C. Martin´s solution:[4] How does this solution handle long words? Long words are not even part of the domain language present in the code. At least I need considerable time to understand the approach. Admittedly the Flow Design solution with the full implementation of long word splitting is longer than Robert C. Martin´s. At least it seems. Because his solution does not cover all the “word wrap situations” the Flow Design solution handles. Some lines would need to be added to be on par, I guess. But even then… Is a difference in LOC that important as long as it´s in the same ball park? I value understandability and openness for extension higher than saving on the last line of code. Simplicity is not just less code, it´s also clarity in design. But don´t take my word for it. Try Flow Design on larger problems and compare for yourself. What´s the easier, more straightforward way to clean code? And keep in mind: You ain´t seen all yet ;-) There´s more to Flow Design than described in this chapter. In closing I hope I was able to give you a impression of functional design that makes you hungry for more. To me it´s an inevitable step in software development. Jumping from requirements to code does not scale. And it leads to dirty code all to quickly. Some thought should be invested first. Where there is a clear Entry Point visible, it´s functionality should be designed using data flows. Because with data flows abstraction is possible. For more background on why that´s necessary read my blog article here. For now let me point out to you - if you haven´t already noticed - that Flow Design is a general purpose declarative language. It´s “programming by intention” (Shalloway et al.). Just write down how you think the solution should work on a high level of abstraction. This breaks down a large problem in smaller problems. And by following the PoMO the solutions to those smaller problems are independent of each other. So they are easy to test. Or you could even think about getting them implemented in parallel by different team members. Flow Design not only increases evolvability, but also helps becoming more productive. All team members can participate in functional design. This goes beyon collective code ownership. We´re talking collective design/architecture ownership. Because with Flow Design there is a common visual language to talk about functional design - which is the foundation for all other design activities.   PS: If you like what you read, consider getting my ebook “The Incremental Architekt´s Napkin”. It´s where I compile all the articles in this series for easier reading. I like the strictness of Function Programming - but I also find it quite hard to live by. And it certainly is not what millions of programmers are used to. Also to me it seems, the real world is full of state and side effects. So why give them such a bad image? That´s why functional design takes a more pragmatic approach. State and side effects are ok for processing steps - but be sure to follow the SRP. Don´t put too much of it into a single processing step. ? Image taken from www.physioweb.org ? My code samples are written in C#. C# sports typed function pointers called delegates. Action is such a function pointer type matching functions with signature void someName(T t). Other languages provide similar ways to work with functions as first class citizens - even Java now in version 8. I trust you find a way to map this detail of my translation to your favorite programming language. I know it works for Java, C++, Ruby, JavaScript, Python, Go. And if you´re using a Functional Programming language it´s of course a no brainer. ? Taken from his blog post “The Craftsman 62, The Dark Path”. ?

    Read the article

  • MySQL Syslog Audit Plugin

    - by jonathonc
    This post shows the construction process of the Syslog Audit plugin that was presented at MySQL Connect 2012. It is based on an environment that has the appropriate development tools enabled including gcc,g++ and cmake. It also assumes you have downloaded the MySQL source code (5.5.16 or higher) and have compiled and installed the system into the /usr/local/mysql directory ready for use.  The information provided below is designed to show the different components that make up a plugin, and specifically an audit type plugin, and how it comes together to be used within the MySQL service. The MySQL Reference Manual contains information regarding the plugin API and how it can be used, so please refer there for more detailed information. The code in this post is designed to give the simplest information necessary, so handling every return code, managing race conditions etc is not part of this example code. Let's start by looking at the most basic implementation of our plugin code as seen below: /*    Copyright (c) 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.    Author:  Jonathon Coombes    Licence: GPL    Description: An auditing plugin that logs to syslog and                 can adjust the loglevel via the system variables. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <mysql/plugin_audit.h> #include <syslog.h> There is a commented header detailing copyright/licencing and meta-data information and then the include headers. The two important include statements for our plugin are the syslog.h plugin, which gives us the structures for syslog, and the plugin_audit.h include which has details regarding the audit specific plugin api. Note that we do not need to include the general plugin header plugin.h, as this is done within the plugin_audit.h file already. To implement our plugin within the current implementation we need to add it into our source code and compile. > cd /usr/local/src/mysql-5.5.28/plugin > mkdir audit_syslog > cd audit_syslog A simple CMakeLists.txt file is created to manage the plugin compilation: MYSQL_ADD_PLUGIN(audit_syslog audit_syslog.cc MODULE_ONLY) Run the cmake  command at the top level of the source and then you can compile the plugin using the 'make' command. This results in a compiled audit_syslog.so library, but currently it is not much use to MySQL as there is no level of api defined to communicate with the MySQL service. Now we need to define the general plugin structure that enables MySQL to recognise the library as a plugin and be able to install/uninstall it and have it show up in the system. The structure is defined in the plugin.h file in the MySQL source code.  /*   Plugin library descriptor */ mysql_declare_plugin(audit_syslog) {   MYSQL_AUDIT_PLUGIN,           /* plugin type                    */   &audit_syslog_descriptor,     /* descriptor handle               */   "audit_syslog",               /* plugin name                     */   "Author Name",                /* author                          */   "Simple Syslog Audit",        /* description                     */   PLUGIN_LICENSE_GPL,           /* licence                         */   audit_syslog_init,            /* init function     */   audit_syslog_deinit,          /* deinit function */   0x0001,                       /* plugin version                  */   NULL,                         /* status variables        */   NULL,                         /* system variables                */   NULL,                         /* no reserves                     */   0,                            /* no flags                        */ } mysql_declare_plugin_end; The general plugin descriptor above is standard for all plugin types in MySQL. The plugin type is defined along with the init/deinit functions and interface methods into the system for sharing information, and various other metadata information. The descriptors have an internally recognised version number so that plugins can be matched against the api on the running server. The other details are usually related to the type-specific methods and structures to implement the plugin. Each plugin has a type-specific descriptor as well which details how the plugin is implemented for the specific purpose of that plugin type. /*   Plugin type-specific descriptor */ static struct st_mysql_audit audit_syslog_descriptor= {   MYSQL_AUDIT_INTERFACE_VERSION,                        /* interface version    */   NULL,                                                 /* release_thd function */   audit_syslog_notify,                                  /* notify function      */   { (unsigned long) MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASSMASK |                     MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASSMASK }  /* class mask           */ }; In this particular case, the release_thd function has not been defined as it is not required. The important method for auditing is the notify function which is activated when an event occurs on the system. The notify function is designed to activate on an event and the implementation will determine how it is handled. For the audit_syslog plugin, the use of the syslog feature sends all events to the syslog for recording. The class mask allows us to determine what type of events are being seen by the notify function. There are currently two major types of event: 1. General Events: This includes general logging, errors, status and result type events. This is the main one for tracking the queries and operations on the database. 2. Connection Events: This group is based around user logins. It monitors connections and disconnections, but also if somebody changes user while connected. With most audit plugins, the principle behind the plugin is to track changes to the system over time and counters can be an important part of this process. The next step is to define and initialise the counters that are used to track the events in the service. There are 3 counters defined in total for our plugin - the # of general events, the # of connection events and the total number of events.  static volatile int total_number_of_calls; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_general; /* Count MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS event instances */ static volatile int number_of_calls_connection; The init and deinit functions for the plugin are there to be called when the plugin is activated and when it is terminated. These offer the best option to initialise the counters for our plugin: /*  Initialize the plugin at server start or plugin installation. */ static int audit_syslog_init(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     openlog("mysql_audit:",LOG_PID|LOG_PERROR|LOG_CONS,LOG_USER);     total_number_of_calls= 0;     number_of_calls_general= 0;     number_of_calls_connection= 0;     return(0); } The init function does a call to openlog to initialise the syslog functionality. The parameters are the service to log under ("mysql_audit" in this case), the syslog flags and the facility for the logging. Then each of the counters are initialised to zero and a success is returned. If the init function is not defined, it will return success by default. /*  Terminate the plugin at server shutdown or plugin deinstallation. */ static int audit_syslog_deinit(void *arg __attribute__((unused))) {     closelog();     return(0); } The deinit function will simply close our syslog connection and return success. Note that the syslog functionality is part of the glibc libraries and does not require any external factors.  The function names are what we define in the general plugin structure, so these have to match otherwise there will be errors. The next step is to implement the event notifier function that was defined in the type specific descriptor (audit_syslog_descriptor) which is audit_syslog_notify. /* Event notifier function */ static void audit_syslog_notify(MYSQL_THD thd __attribute__((unused)), unsigned int event_class, const void *event) { total_number_of_calls++; if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_GENERAL_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_general *event_general= (const struct mysql_event_general *) event; number_of_calls_general++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s Command: %s Query: %s\n", event_general->general_thread_id, event_general->general_user, event_general->general_command, event_general->general_query ); } else if (event_class == MYSQL_AUDIT_CONNECTION_CLASS) { const struct mysql_event_connection *event_connection= (const struct mysql_event_connection *) event; number_of_calls_connection++; syslog(audit_loglevel,"%lu: User: %s@%s[%s] Event: %d Status: %d\n", event_connection->thread_id, event_connection->user, event_connection->host, event_connection->ip, event_connection->event_subclass, event_connection->status ); } }   In the case of an event, the notifier function is called. The first step is to increment the total number of events that have occurred in our database.The event argument is then cast into the appropriate event structure depending on the class type, of general event or connection event. The event type counters are incremented and details are sent via the syslog() function out to the system log. There are going to be different line formats and information returned since the general events have different data compared to the connection events, even though some of the details overlap, for example, user, thread id, host etc. On compiling the code now, there should be no errors and the resulting audit_syslog.so can be loaded into the server and ready to use. Log into the server and type: mysql> INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so'; This will install the plugin and will start updating the syslog immediately. Note that the audit plugin attaches to the immediate thread and cannot be uninstalled while that thread is active. This means that you cannot run the UNISTALL command until you log into a different connection (thread) on the server. Once the plugin is loaded, the system log will show output such as the following: Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:21 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: INSTALL PLUGIN audit_syslog SONAME 'audit_syslog.so' Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:40 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: show tables Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: (null)  Query: select * from t1 Oct  8 15:33:43 machine mysql_audit:[8337]: 87: User: root[root] @ localhost []  Command: Query  Query: select * from t1 It appears that two of each event is being shown, but in actuality, these are two separate event types - the result event and the status event. This could be refined further by changing the audit_syslog_notify function to handle the different event sub-types in a different manner.  So far, it seems that the logging is working with events showing up in the syslog output. The issue now is that the counters created earlier to track the number of events by type are not accessible when the plugin is being run. Instead there needs to be a way to expose the plugin specific information to the service and vice versa. This could be done via the information_schema plugin api, but for something as simple as counters, the obvious choice is the system status variables. This is done using the standard structure and the declaration: /*  Plugin status variables for SHOW STATUS */ static struct st_mysql_show_var audit_syslog_status[]= {   { "Audit_syslog_total_calls",     (char *) &total_number_of_calls,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_general_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_general,     SHOW_INT },   { "Audit_syslog_connection_events",     (char *) &number_of_calls_connection,     SHOW_INT },   { 0, 0, SHOW_INT } };   The structure is simply the name that will be displaying in the mysql service, the address of the associated variables, and the data type being used for the counter. It is finished with a blank structure to show that there are no more variables. Remember that status variables may have the same name for variables from other plugin, so it is considered appropriate to add the plugin name at the start of the status variable name to avoid confusion. Looking at the status variables in the mysql client shows something like the following: mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 2     | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 3     | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) The final connectivity piece for the plugin is to allow the interactive change of the logging level between the plugin and the system. This requires the ability to send changes via the mysql service through to the plugin. This is done using the system variables interface and defining a single variable to keep track of the active logging level for the facility. /* Plugin system variables for SHOW VARIABLES */ static MYSQL_SYSVAR_STR(loglevel, audit_loglevel,                         PLUGIN_VAR_RQCMDARG,                         "User can specify the log level for auditing",                         audit_loglevel_check, audit_loglevel_update, "LOG_NOTICE"); static struct st_mysql_sys_var* audit_syslog_sysvars[] = {     MYSQL_SYSVAR(loglevel),     NULL }; So now the system variable 'loglevel' is defined for the plugin and associated to the global variable 'audit_loglevel'. The check or validation function is defined to make sure that no garbage values are attempted in the update of the variable. The update function is used to save the new value to the variable. Note that the audit_syslog_sysvars structure is defined in the general plugin descriptor to associate the link between the plugin and the system and how much they interact. Next comes the implementation of the validation function and the update function for the system variable. It is worth noting that if you have a simple numeric such as integers for the variable types, the validate function is often not required as MySQL will handle the automatic check and validation of simple types. /* longest valid value */ #define MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE 100 /* hold the valid values */ static const char *possible_modes[]= { "LOG_ERROR", "LOG_WARNING", "LOG_NOTICE", NULL };  static int audit_loglevel_check(     THD*                        thd,    /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,    /*!< in: pointer to system                                         variable */     void*                       save,   /*!< out: immediate result                                         for update function */     struct st_mysql_value*      value)  /*!< in: incoming string */ {     char buff[MAX_LOGLEVEL_SIZE];     const char *str;     const char **found;     int length;     length= sizeof(buff);     if (!(str= value->val_str(value, buff, &length)))         return 1;     /*         We need to return a pointer to a locally allocated value in "save".         Here we pick to search for the supplied value in an global array of         constant strings and return a pointer to one of them.         The other possiblity is to use the thd_alloc() function to allocate         a thread local buffer instead of the global constants.     */     for (found= possible_modes; *found; found++)     {         if (!strcmp(*found, str))         {             *(const char**)save= *found;             return 0;         }     }     return 1; } The validation function is simply to take the value being passed in via the SET GLOBAL VARIABLE command and check if it is one of the pre-defined values allowed  in our possible_values array. If it is found to be valid, then the value is assigned to the save variable ready for passing through to the update function. static void audit_loglevel_update(     THD*                        thd,        /*!< in: thread handle */     struct st_mysql_sys_var*    var,        /*!< in: system variable                                             being altered */     void*                       var_ptr,    /*!< out: pointer to                                             dynamic variable */     const void*                 save)       /*!< in: pointer to                                             temporary storage */ {     /* assign the new value so that the server can read it */     *(char **) var_ptr= *(char **) save;     /* assign the new value to the internal variable */     audit_loglevel= *(char **) save; } Since all the validation has been done already, the update function is quite simple for this plugin. The first part is to update the system variable pointer so that the server can read the value. The second part is to update our own global plugin variable for tracking the value. Notice that the save variable is passed in as a void type to allow handling of various data types, so it must be cast to the appropriate data type when assigning it to the variables. Looking at how the latest changes affect the usage of the plugin and the interaction within the server shows: mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+------------+ | Variable_name         | Value      | +-----------------------+------------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_NOTICE | +-----------------------+------------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec) mysql> set global audit_syslog_loglevel="LOG_ERROR"; Query OK, 0 rows affected (0.00 sec) mysql> show global status like "audit%"; +--------------------------------+-------+ | Variable_name                  | Value | +--------------------------------+-------+ | Audit_syslog_connection_events | 1     | | Audit_syslog_general_events    | 11    | | Audit_syslog_total_calls       | 12    | +--------------------------------+-------+ 3 rows in set (0.00 sec) mysql> show global variables like "audit%"; +-----------------------+-----------+ | Variable_name         | Value     | +-----------------------+-----------+ | audit_syslog_loglevel | LOG_ERROR | +-----------------------+-----------+ 1 row in set (0.00 sec)   So now we have a plugin that will audit the events on the system and log the details to the system log. It allows for interaction to see the number of different events within the server details and provides a mechanism to change the logging level interactively via the standard system methods of the SET command. A more complex auditing plugin may have more detailed code, but each of the above areas is what will be involved and simply expanded on to add more functionality. With the above skeleton code, it is now possible to create your own audit plugins to implement your own auditing requirements. If, however, you are not of the coding persuasion, then you could always consider the option of the MySQL Enterprise Audit plugin that is available to purchase.

    Read the article

  • You Might Be a DBA

    - by BuckWoody
    With all apologies to Jeff Foxworthy, I was up late Friday night on a holiday weekend (which translated into T-SQL becomes “Maintenance Window”) and I got bored in between the two or three minutes I had between clicks. So I started a “Twitter” meme – and it just took off. I haven’t cleaned these up much, but here, in author order as of Saturday the 29th of May is the list “You might be a DBA” from around the Twitterverse: buckwoody Your two main enemies are developers and SAN admins #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody People can use Access as a cross or garlic on you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You always plan an exit strategy, even when entering a McDonald's #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You can't explain to your family what you really do for a living #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have at least one set of scripts you won't share #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have an opinion on the best code-beautifier #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have children older than the rest of your team #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You and the Oracle DBA would kill each other, but you'll happily fight off a developer together first #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've threatened to quit if they give anyone the sa password on production #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've sent a vendor suggestions on improving their database design or code (and been ignored) #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've sent a vendor suggestions on improving their database design or code (and been ignored) #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have an opinion on the best code-beautifier #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have at least one set of scripts you won't share #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You refer to co-workers as "carbon-units" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Being paranoid is on your resume at the top #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Everyone comes to your cube to find the MSDN DVD's #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You always plan an exit strategy, even when entering a McDonald's #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've worn down developers to get your way by explaining normalization levels #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You refer to clothes as "Data Abstractions" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Users pester you to be able to put data in a database, then they pester you to take it out and put it in Excel #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Others try to de-duplicate data, you try to copy it to more than three locations #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have at least one DLT tape in the trunk of your car #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You use twitter and facebook to talk with colleagues because there's no one else in your company that does what you do #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your spouse knows what "ETL" means #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've referred to yourself as the "Data Janitor" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You don't have positive connotations of the word "upgrade" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You get your coffee before you check your servers, because you know you won't get any if you don't #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You always come to work through the back door so no one hijacks you on the way to your cube #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You check your server logs before you check your e-mail in the morning so you can reply "Yeah, I already fixed that." #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have more conference badges than clean socks #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your coffee mug says "It depends" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You can convince a boss that you need 16GB of RAM in your laptop #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've used ebay to find production equipment #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You pad all project timelines by 2X, and you still miss them #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know when your company is acquiring another even before the CFO #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You pad all project timelines by 2X, and you still miss them #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You call aspirin "work vitamins" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You get the same amount of sleep even after you have a child #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You obsess about performance metrics from over one year ago #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody The first thing you buy after the database software is aftermarket tools to manage the database software #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've tried to convince someone else to become a DBA #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You use twitter and facebook to talk with colleagues because there's no one else in your company that does what you do #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You only know other DBA's by their Tweet Handle #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've explained the difference between 32 and 64-bit to more than one manager in terms they can understand, using puppets #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your two main enemies are developers and SAN admins #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've driven to the Datacenter to install SQL Server because "you don't trust those NOC admins" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You pay more for faster Internet connections than cable at home so you don't have to drive in #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You call texting a "queuing system" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know that if someone can read Perl, they manage an Oracle system #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have an e-mail rule for backup notifications #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your food pyramid includes coffee, salt and fat #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You wish everything had a graphical query plan #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You refactor your e-mails #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've gotten more help from twitter and facebook than all your years in college #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You would pay money for a license plate that has the letters S-Q-L together #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have actually considered making a RAID array from thumb drives #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Everything on your laptop is installed from your MSDN subscription #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've written blog posts on technology you've never actually implemented in production #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Everything on your laptop is installed from your MSDN subscription #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody @MidnightDBA Click the #youmightbeaDBA tag. I've had WAY too much coffee today.  buckwoody There is no other position that is 1-deep except you and the CEO #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody When you watch "The Office" you call it "OJT" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You would pay money for a license plate that has the letters S-Q-L together #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your blog would make a "best practices" or "worst practices" book #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You have actually considered making a RAID array from thumb drives #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody The first thing you install on your netbook is SSMS #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Everything on your laptop is installed from your MSDN subscription #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your watch is set to UTC because it's just easier #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You make plenty of money, but you're excited to get a $2.00 squeeze-ball from Quest and Redgate #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You make plenty of money, but you're excited to get a $2.00 squeeze-ball from Quest and Redgate #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think data can be represented as something OTHER than XML #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You tell people that you made a database query go faster, and expect them to be happy for you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You take the word "NoSQL" as a personal attack #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody People can use Access as a cross or garlic on you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody * == bad #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody * == bad #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody There are just as many females in your technical field as males #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody People can use Access as a cross or garlic on you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've gotten more help from twitter and facebook than all your years in college #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think that something OTHER than the database might be the performance bottleneck #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You refer to time as a "Clustered Index" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know why "user" refers to both business people and crack addicts #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You make plenty of money, but you're excited to get a $2.00 squeeze-ball from Quest and Redgate #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You can't explain to your family what you really do for a living #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You tell people that you made a database query go faster, and expect them to be happy for you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think a millisecond is a really long time #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You're sitting and typing #youmightbeaDBA when you could be outside #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You can't wait for a technical conference so you can wear a kilt - and you're not Scottish #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know that "DBA" stands for "Default Blame Acceptor" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody People can use Access as a cross or garlic on you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know what "the truth, thole truth and nothing but the truth, so help me Codd" means #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've gotten more help from twitter and facebook than all your years in college #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You can't talk fast enough to get a concept out of your head so you tweet it instead #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You cry when someone doesn't use a WHERE clause #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think data can be represented as something OTHER than XML #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think "Set theory" is not an verb but a noun #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You try to convince random strangers to vote on your Connect item #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think 3 hours of contiguous sleep is a good thing #youmightbeaDBA or #youmightbeamother  buckwoody You don't like Oracle, and not just because of what she did to Neo #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know when to say "sequel" and "s-q-l" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know where the data is #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You refer to your children as "Fully Redundant Mirrors" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Holiday == "Maintenance Window" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your laptop is more powerful than the servers in most companies - including your own #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You capitalize SELECTed words #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You take the word "NoSQL" as a personal attack #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You know why "user" refers to both business people and crack addicts #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You cringe in public when the word "upgrade" is used in a sentence #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Holiday == "Maintenance Window" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody All Data Is MetaData means something to you #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You've never seen the driveway to your house in the daylight #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You think that something OTHER than the database might be the performance bottleneck #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Most of your bloodstream is composed of caffeine #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody Your task list is labeled "CRUD Matrix" #youmightbeaDBA  buckwoody You call your wife/husband a "Linked Server" #youmightbeaDBA  anonythemouse When someone tells you they are going to take a dump and you wonder of which database then #youmightbeaDBA  anonythemouse When it's 11pm on a holiday weekend and you are working #youmightbeaDBA  anonythemouse When you sit down at a table and look for it's primary key #youmightbeaDBA  anonythemouse When getting milk from the fridge you check the expiry date is > getdate() #youmightbeaDBA  blakmk when you wake up dreaming about sql #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You think a @buckwoody bobblehead would be a cool thing to have on the dashboard of your car #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Your friends don't understand why you think there's a difference between single and double quotes #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Even the newest employees know your name from all the downtime notices you've sent out #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You sometimes feel anxious and think "I should test restoring those backups" and then the feeling passes #youmightbeadba  CharlesGarver You know what a co-worker means when they ask "how is your squirrel server?" #youmightbeadba  CharlesGarver You can't sleep at night and you ponder the logisitcs of collecting every copy of Access for the world's biggest bonfire #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You can't sleep at night and you ponder the logisitcs of collecting every copy of Access for the world's biggest bonfire #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You're willing to move someone's job up in priority for a box of #voodoodonuts #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Each person in your company seems to think you work for THEM #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You have a Love/Hate relationship going on with #Microsoft #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver People ask you to troubleshoot their Access program #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver The first words you hear in the morning are 'your voicemail box is full' #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver The thought of disrupting 500 people's work so you can do something doesn't phase you #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver You can't sleep at night and you ponder the logisitcs of collecting every copy of Access for the world's biggest bonfire #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Your home computer is backed up in 3 different places #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Your wardrobe for work includes pajamas #youmightbeaDBA  CharlesGarver Someone tells you to look in the INDEX and you look puzzled before finally going to the back of the book. #youmightbeaDBA  chuckboycejr If you have ever set up a SQLAgent job to email your mobile phone to serve as an alarm clock #youmightbeaDBA  chuckboycejr If you'd rather meet Itzik than Jay Z #youmightbeaDBA  chuckboycejr If you'd rather meet Itzik than Jay Z #youmightbeaDBA  chuckboycejr If you'd wrestle a SysAdmin to the ground to implement #DPA best practices as per @aspiringgeek #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy I need to be up in 7 hours, so I'm off to bed! I'll have to read the rest of @buckwoody's #youmightbeaDBA posts in the AM. (g'night Buck!)  databaseguy When people ask you about your house, the first thing you describe is the network. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy The last thing you say at the office each day is, "is anybody else here? I'm shutting off the lights!" #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy Your blood pressure rises when you read application specs drafted by marketing. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy A good day at work is one when nobody pays you no mind. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You care about latches and wait states. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have worked over 200 hours on a performance tuning project that required no application changes at all. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy The late-night security guard knows the names of your spouse and kids. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have had vigorous debates about whether it should be pronounced "sequel" or "ess-queue-ell". #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have VPN and RDP software installed on your phone ... just in case. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have edited a data file by hand, just to see what would happen. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You decorate your office walls with database catalog posters. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You've built programs that access data just to keep other developers from asking you to run queries all the time. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy When you watch movies like The Matrix, you find yourself calculating the fasibility of storing all that data. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have tried to convince someone to spend money on an SSD storage array. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy When CPU is spiked on a server, you want to gather forensic evidence. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have to remind developers not to push code to production without checking if the database is ready. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy Nobody cares what you wear to work, as long as the thing keeps running. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy Telepathy is a job requirement when working with app dev teams. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You read database statistics for the educational value. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy And your boss freely admits this to anyone within earshot. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy Your boss cannot explain or understand what you do. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You envision ERDs when you see a GUI. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You say things like "applications come and go, but data lasts forever." #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You have memorized the names of several of the AdventureWorks employees. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You know what MAXDOP setting you can get away with for a big query based on current server load. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy And you immediately recognize the recursion in my last tweet. #youmightbeaDBA  databaseguy You find 50 simultaneous tweets from @buckwoody about #youmightbeaDBA :O)  DBAishness You have "funny stories" about the times your developers accidentally deleted the T-log in their test environment. #youmightbeaDBA  DBAishness Planning to slice and dice your MDW data with PowerPivot makes you giggle like a schoolgirl. #youmightbeaDBA  donalddotfarmer You think @buckwoody lives in the "real world." #youmightbeaDBA  jamach09 @buckwoody #youmightbeaDBA Why go outside when you can sit in the nice cool server room?  jamach09 If you refer to procreation as "Replication", #youmightbeaDBA.  jamach09 If you think ORM is a four-letter word, #youmightbeaDBA  JamesMarsh If you have ever preached the value of Source Code Control, #YouMightBeADBA  jethrocarr @venzann You store your shopping list in a ACID compliant DB #youmightbeaDBA  joe_positive @buckwoody thought it stood for "Don't Bother Asking" #youmightbeaDBA  joe_positive when you check your IT Events Calendar before making weekend plans #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna You cringe whenever someone calls Excel a database #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna When the waiter says he'll be your server today, you ask how many terabytes he is #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna you always call the asterisk a "Star" #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna You walk into a server room, say "Nice RACK!" and everyone there knows you're talking about server rack... #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna You receive more messages from servers than from friends #youmightbeaDBA  LadyRuna hmmm... #youmightbeaDBA if your recipe for gumbo is "SELECT * FROM Refrigerator"  markjholmes @SQLSoldier Heh. #youmightbeaDBA if you correct other DBAs' spelling of @PaulRandal  markjholmes #youmightbeaDBA if you actually test RAID5 vs RAID10 on your SAN because when it comes to configuration, "it depends."  markjholmes #youmightbeaDBA if you have at least 3 definitions of the word "cluster"  MarlonRibunal 3 Words: @BrentO, snicker, & Access #youmightbeaDBA  MarlonRibunal @onpnt @mikeSQL my appeal was a couple of mins late. Enjoying #youmightbeaDBA  MarlonRibunal @mikeSQL @onpnt pls, don't mention bacon #youmightbeaDBA  merv @buckwoody You HATE 3-way joins #youmightbeaDBA  MidnightDBA If you're up at midnight Tweeting about SQL #youmightbeaDBA  MidnightDBA @buckwoody I'd noticed that. :) #youmightbeaDBA  mikeSQL when people talk about "their type" you're thinking varchar, bigint, binary, etc #youmightbeadba  mikeSQL people ask you to go to lunch , but you can't go because you're attending #SQLlunch #youmightbeadba  mikeSQL you laugh for hours at all of the #sqlmoviequotes ....things in which a normal individual would scratch their head at. #youmightbeadba  mikeSQL you laugh for hours at all of the #sqlmoviequotes ....things in which a normal individual would scratch their head at. #youmightbeadba  mrdenny If you think that @buckwoody's demo using PowerPivot to analyze index usage data from DMVs is awesome then #youmightbeaDBA  mrdenny You wish @PaulRandal still worked at Microsoft so that they would make a bobble head of him #youmightbeadba  mrdenny When it's 11pm on a holiday weekend, and your posting stupid jokes on Twitter then #youmightbeadba  mrdenny If you go out with friends and wonder why no one's wearing a kilt then #YouMightBeADBA  mrdenny You can't do basic math, but you know off the top of your head how many CALs $14,412 can buy you. #YoumightbeaDBA  mrdenny If you've ever setup a SQL Job to email you to get you out of a regularly scheduled meeting #YouMightBeADBA.  mrdenny You throw up in your mouth a little when ever you here the word "Access". Even if it doesn't relate to a MS product. #YouMightBeADBA  msdtjones You spend more time listening to @buckwoody than your wife #youmightbeaDBA  NFDotCom You perform "hail deltas" on a regular basis. #YouMightBeADBA  NoelMcKinney If you tell your wife you want to go to Columbus Ohio for your wedding anniversary so you can attend #sqlsat42 then #youmightbeaDBA  NoelMcKinney You read a union is on strike and wonder if it's a UNION ALL #youmightbeaDBA  NoelMcKinney You read a union is on strike and wonder if it's a UNION ALL #youmightbeaDBA  NoelMcKinney Someone asks you to throw another log on the fire and you tell them not to worry about it because Autogrowth is turned on #youmightbeaDBA  Nuurdygirl Even if you have a girlfriend...its possible #youmightbeadba. Yeah-i said its possible!  Nuurdygirl When your girlfriend has to lean around the laptop to kiss you goodnight #youmightbeadba  Old_Man_Fish If you worry about how big your package is and how long it takes to finish #youmightbeaDBA  Old_Man_Fish If you no longer wonder if someone is in trouble or died if you are getting calls at 2AM #youmightbeaDBA  Old_Man_Fish If, when you hear the word ACCESS with no connotation you blood pressure jumps 50 points, #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt When you hear the word inject you immediately get concerned if your databases are OK #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt Your servers haven't been rebooted in a year #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You know why it's funny when @PaulRandal has the word, "Sheep" in a tweet #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You have read BOL without actually having a problem to figure out #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You can type "SELECT columns FROM tables" without typos but tipen ni Banglish ares a messis #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt DR strategies doesn't include the word, RAID in them #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt you can move a SQL Server instance to a new server without the users ever knowing #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You have made an SSIS package that is more than one step #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You have the balls to say no to your boss when they ask for the sa password #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt you google to trouble shoot a problem and end up at your own blog (and it fixes it) #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You talk your wife into moving the family vacation a week earlier so you can attend the areas local SSUG meeting #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt you can explain to a nontechnical person what a deadlock is #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You hope a girl asks you what your collation is #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt you make jokes that include the words shrink, truncate and 1205. And you are the only one that laughs at them #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You rate your ability to stay awake to work longer on blogs, twitter, forums and your day to day job with the 5 9's goal #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt you have major surgery and beg the doctor to release you back to work 5 days later because you miss your servers #youmightbeaDBA #TrueStory  onpnt You do have backups and you know how to use them #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt It's the network #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt When the developers get to work your mood changes rapidly #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt When someone says, "PASS", you first think of karaoke #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt Recruiters try to get you to call them *just* because they think you'll give them @BrentO contact info #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You chuckle every time you go to grab the "CLR" Calcium, Lime and Rust Remover to clean something #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt @MarlonRibunal @mikeSQL Sorry man, it was already in motion ;-) #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt When you have an "I love bacon" sticker on your laptop. #youmightbeaDBA http://twitpic.com/1ry671  onpnt You sing SELECT statements in the shower #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt When you see a chicken it doesn't remind you of food. It reminds you of a guy named Jorge #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt At time, SQL is your mistress #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt Your wife wonders if SQL is the code name of your mistress at times #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt it's Friday and you are on twitter thinking really hard about what would be funny for hash tag #youmightbeaDBA  onpnt You organize your wife's "decorative"pillows on the bed in a B-Tree structure #youmightbeaDBA  PaulWhiteNZ If you: SELECT TOP (1) milk FROM fridge WHERE use_by_date >= GET_DATE() ORDER BY use_by_date ASC #YouMightBeaDBA  RonDBA #youmightbeaDBA if you read @buckwoody's and @BrentO's blogs.  ryaneastabrook @buckwoody omg, you have to stand up a website with these on them, they are awesome #youmightbeaDBA  soulvy @StrateSQL @LadyRuna Or a "Splat" #youmightbeaDBA  speedracer You can still fall asleep after three cups of coffee #youmightbeaDBA  speedracer You retweet @buckwoody on a Friday night #youmightbeaDBA  speedracer You can still fall asleep after three cups of coffee #youmightbeaDBA  speedracer Developers make you twitch #youmightbeaDBA  sqlagentman You know what X/1024*8 is. #YouMightBeADBA  SqlAsylum Your still in the office at 5:00 on memorial day weekend. #youmightbeadba :)  SQLBob Whenever someone you know gets pregnant you bring up INNER JOINs or SQL Injection attacks... #youmightbeaDBA  SQLChicken You know one or more SQL folks in the community with an animal in their username #youmightbeaDBA  SQLChicken You've used one or more car analogies to explain how a database works #youmightbeaDBA  SQLChicken “@sqljoe: #youmightbeaDBA if you applied to attend #sqlu and requested @SQLChicken to pull strings for you” lmao nice!  SQLChicken When talking about SSIS your discussions break down into various jokes about packages #youmightbeaDBA  SQLChicken Just SEEING the code for cursors makes you break out in hives #youmightbeaDBA  SQLChicken Just SEEING the code for cursors makes you break out in hives #youmightbeaDBA  SQLCraftsman You coined the phrase "Magic SAN Dust" because calling a vendor's marketing claims BS is not acceptable in a meeting. #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman If you hear about a new feature with the acronym "DAC" and wonder what disaster of a feature it is attached to this time. #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman You really own a "Stick of Much Developer Whacking" #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman You coined the phrase "Magic SAN Dust" because calling a vendor's marketing claims BS is not acceptable in a meeting. #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman Default Blame Acceptor #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman If you hear about a new feature with the acronym "DAC" and wonder what disaster of a feature it is attached to this time. #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman Default Blame Acceptor #YouMightBeADBA  SQLCraftsman If you hear about a new feature with the acronym "DAC" and wonder what disaster of a feature it is attached to this time. #YouMightBeADBA  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you wished your wife knew T-sql. USE ShoppingList SELECT NecessaryItems from Supermarket WHERE Category<> ("junk food")  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if the first thing you kiss when you wake up is your mobile for not waking you up in the middle of the night  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if your wife has a "Do Not Fly" family vacation list of her own including your laptop and mobile  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you have researched for DBA Anonymous groups and attended a #SSUG willing to drop your database (vice)  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if your only maintenance windows are staff meetings  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you think of yourself as "The One" in The Matrix "balancing the equation" from The Architect's (developers) poor coding  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you think @PaulRandal should have played the Oracle in The Matrix  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if home CD & Movie collection is stored in secured containers,in logical order & naming convention,and with a backup copy  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you applied to attend #sqlu and requested @SQLChicken to pull strings for you  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you have tried to TiVo @MidnightDBA broadcasts  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if your #sql user group feels like #AA meetings  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you thought of bringing your #sql books to #sqlsaturday and #sqlpass for autographs  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if #sqlpass feels like the #oscars  sqljoe #youmightbeaDBA if you are proud of your small package  SQLLawman #youmightbeaDBA when you hear MDX and Acura is not first thought that comes to mind.  sqlrunner If your wife double checks that there isn't a SQLSat within 200 miles of your vacation destination #youmightbeaDBA  sqlrunner When you're on a conference call and your wife thinks your speaking in a foreign language #youmightbeaDBA  sqlrunner When you're on a conference call and your wife thinks your speaking in a foreign language #youmightbeaDBA  sqlrunner You treat the word 'access' as a verb, not a noun #youmightbeaDBA  sqlrunner If you are happy with sub-second performance #youmightbeaDBA  sqlrunner When you know the names of the NOC people AND their families #youmightbeadba  sqlrunner When you know the names of the NOC people AND their families #youmightbeadba  sqlrunner Your company set's up international phone coverage for your cruise #youmightbeaDBA  sqlsamson @buckwoody if your manager asks you for data and you respond with "there's a script for that" #youmightbeadba  sqlsamson @buckwoody If you receive more messages from your server then your spouse #youmightbeadba  SQLSoldier You've spent all night Valentines Day upgrading the SQL Servers and forgot to tell your wife you'd be working late. #youmightbeadba  SQLSoldier You're flattered when someone calls you a geek. #youmightbeadba  SQLSoldier @llangit @mrdenny it's 11pm on a holiday weekend, & your reading stupid jokes on Twitter then #youmightbeadba  SQLSoldier Your manager borrows lunch money from you because your salary is 30% higher than his. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You think "intellisense" is a double negative because it's not intelligent nor makes sense. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier 75% of the emails you receive at home have the phrase "now following you on Twitter!" in the subject line. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You petition Ken Burns to remake Office Space because it should have been 18 hours long. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You select a candidate for a Jr DBA position because his resume said he's willing to get your coffee. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Somebody misquotes @PaulRandall and you call him on your cell to verify. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You wish the elevator in your building was slower because it's the last time you'll be left alone all day. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier The developers sacrifice small animals before giving you their code for review. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Developers bring you coffee and a BLT when you review their code. #youmightbeaDBA #IWish  SQLSoldier You can get out of any family get-together by saying you have to work and nobody questions it. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You've requested a HP Superdome for you "test" box. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your leave work early because your internet connection to the data center is better at home #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier The new CEO asks you to justify your salary, so you go on vacation for 2 weeks. And he never questions you again. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You cheer when Milton burns down the company in Office Space #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier A dev. asks if you've heard about some great new feature in SQL and you show the 16 blog posts you wrote on it ... last year #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your dev team is still testing SQL 2008 and you're already planning for SQL 11. #youmightbeaDBA #TrueStory  SQLSoldier The new CEO asks you to justify your salary, so you go on vacation for 2 weeks. And he never questions you again. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your dev team is still testing SQL 2008 and you're already planning for SQL 11. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You use a cell phone service coverage map to plan your next vacation. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You come in to work at 7 AM because it gives you at least 3 hours without any developers around. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You figure out a way to make take your wife on a cruise and deduct it as a business expense. #youmightbeaDBA #sqlcruise  SQLSoldier You name your cat SQLDog because the name @SQLCat was already taken. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You rate your blog posts based on the number of retweets you get. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You disable random logins just to mess with people. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You fall for the pickup line, "Hey baby, what's your collation?" #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You can blame an outage on anyone in the company because you're the only one that knows how to find out what really happened #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You can blame an outage on anyone in the company because you're the only one that knows how to find out what really happened #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You cheer when Milton burns down the company in Office Space #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your leave work early because your internet connection to the data center is better at home #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You cheer when Milton burns down the company in Office Space #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your think the 4 food groups are coffee, bacon, fast food, and Mountain Dew. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You tell someone your job title and they ask "What?" You describe it and they ask "What?". So you say "computer geek". #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier The #1 referrer to your blog is Twitter.com. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your idea of a good time on a Saturday involves free training. #youmightbeaDBA #sqlsat43  SQLSoldier You write a book that all of your co-workers have and none have read it. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You write a book that sells a couple thousand copies and is heralded a best seller. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier No matter how sick you are, you go to work if it's time to pass the pager on to the next guy. #youmightbeaDBA #TrueStory  SQLSoldier You go out on the town, and strangers walk up to you and say, "Hey you're that SQL guy" #youmightbeaDBA #TrueStory  SQLSoldier Your wife asks you to fix something, and you request a downtime window. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your wife asks when you'll be home, and you tell her that you wish you knew. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your best pickup line, "Hey baby, what's your collation?" #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your wife asks when you'll be home, and you tell her that you wish you knew. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You know that @BuckWoody is not someone's porno name. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You list TSQL as your native language on the 2010 census. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Starbucks' stock price drops every time you go on vacation. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You're happy when the web master says that the website is down. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You know that @BuckWoody is not someone's porno name. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You get mad when someone calls your car a "heap" because you've always considered it to be a "clustered index". #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier Your blog has more hits than your company's website. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You systematically remove the asterisk key from all keyboards in the company except yours. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier When asked if you recycle, you reply that you run sp_cycle_errorlog every night at midnight #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You wouldn't allow someone named @AdamMachanic to work on your car. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You switch offices every 3 days to avoid developers #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier PSS has your number on speed dial. #youmightbeaDBA  SQLSoldier You frown when you they tell Neo that he's going to the Oracle #youmightbeaDBA  swhaley you regretted saying "This shouldn't effect production" #youmightbeaDBA  swhaley you regretted saying "This shouldn't effect production" #youmightbeaDBA  Tarwn A pleasurable saturday means spending the day learning more about what you already do the rest of the week #youmightbeaDBA ...oh, wait...  thelostforum For great justice; all our base are belong to YOU !! #youmightbeadba  thelostforum @SQLSoldier: You need a witness to use a mirror #youmightbeaDBA ;)  TimCost you capitalize key words. always. everywhere. you can't help it, usually don't even notice. #youmightbeaDBA  Toshana Your the only one in your company not impressed with the developers new application. #youmightbeaDBA  venzann Coming soon from a (respected) book publisher - @buckwoody's #youmightbeaDBA  venzann He's on a role tonight. @buckwoody is summing up my life with his #youmightbeaDBA tweets...  venzann I love the #youmightbeaDBA tag. Found at least 6 new DBAs to follow..  venzann He's on a role tonight. @buckwoody is summing up my life with his #youmightbeaDBA tweets...  venzann You use #sqlhelp as a primary resource during troubleshooting #youmightbeaDBA  venzann You insist on stricter password security for your sql servers than you implement on your own laptop #youmightbeaDBA  WesBrownSQL @buckwoody you are up so late the only tweets you see are from @buckwoody #youmightbeaDBA  WesBrownSQL @SQLSoldier you are upgrading all your 2005 prod servers to 2008 R2 on a three day weekend... #youmightbeaDBA  zippy1981 #youmightbeaDBA if everytime you do something with #mongodb you think of the Vulcan proverb "only Nixon could go to China."  Share this post: email it! | bookmark it! | digg it! | reddit! | kick it! | live it!

    Read the article

  • Why should you choose Oracle WebLogic 12c instead of JBoss EAP 6?

    - by Ricardo Ferreira
    In this post, I will cover some technical differences between Oracle WebLogic 12c and JBoss EAP 6, which was released a couple days ago from Red Hat. This article claims to help you in the evaluation of key points that you should consider when choosing for an Java EE application server. In the following sections, I will present to you some important aspects that most customers ask us when they are seriously evaluating for an middleware infrastructure, specially if you are considering JBoss for some reason. I would suggest that you keep the following question in mind while you are reading the points: "Why should I choose JBoss instead of WebLogic?" 1) Multi Datacenter Deployment and Clustering - D/R ("Disaster & Recovery") architecture support is embedded on the WebLogic Server 12c product. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct D/R support included, Red Hat relies on third-part tools with higher prices. When you consider a middleware solution to host your business critical application, you should worry with every architectural aspect that are related with the solution. Fail-over support is one little aspect of a truly reliable solution. If you do not worry about D/R, your solution will not be reliable. Having said that, with Red Hat and JBoss EAP 6, you have this extra cost that will increase considerably the total cost of ownership of the solution. As we commonly hear from analysts, open-source are not so cheaper when you start seeing the big picture. - WebLogic Server 12c supports advanced LAN clustering, detection of death servers and have a common alert framework. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has limited LAN clustering support with no server death detection. They do not generate any alerts when servers goes down (only if you buy JBoss ON which is a separated technology, but until now does not support JBoss EAP 6) and manual intervention are required when servers goes down. In most cases, admin people must rely on "kill -9", "tail -f someFile.log" and "ps ax | grep java" commands to manage failures and clustering anomalies. - WebLogic Server 12c supports the concept of Node Manager, which is a separated process that runs on the physical | virtual servers that allows extend the administration of the cluster to WebLogic managed servers that are often distributed across multiple machines and geographic locations. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no equivalent technology. Whole server instances must be managed individually. - WebLogic Server 12c Node Manager supports Coherence to boost performance when managing servers. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no similar technology. There is no way to coordinate JBoss and infiniband instances provided by JBoss using high throughput and low latency protocols like InfiniBand. The Node Manager feature also allows another very important feature that JBoss EAP lacks: secure the administration. When using WebLogic Node Manager, all the administration tasks are sent to the managed servers in a secure tunel protected by a certificate, which means that the transport layer that separates the WebLogic administration console from the managed servers are secured by SSL. - WebLogic Server 12c are now integrated with OTD ("Oracle Traffic Director") which is a web server technology derived from the former Sun iPlanet Web Server. This software complements the web server support offered by OHS ("Oracle HTTP Server"). Using OTD, WebLogic instances are load-balanced by a high powerful software that knows how to handle SDP ("Socket Direct Protocol") over InfiniBand, which boost performance when used with engineered systems technologies like Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand only offers support to Apache Web Server with custom modules created to deal with JBoss clusters, but only across standard TCP/IP networks.  2) Application and Runtime Diagnostics - WebLogic Server 12c have diagnostics capabilities embedded on the server called WLDF ("WebLogic Diagnostic Framework") so there is no need to rely on third-part tools. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no diagnostics capabilities. Their only diagnostics tool is the log generated by the application server. Admin people are encouraged to analyse thousands of log lines to find out what is going on. - WebLogic Server 12c complement WLDF with JRockit MC ("Mission Control"), which provides to administrators and developers a complete insight about the JVM performance, behavior and possible bottlenecks. WebLogic Server 12c also have an classloader analysis tool embedded, and even a log analyzer tool that enables administrators and developers to view logs of multiple servers at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand relies on third-part tools to do something similar. Again, only log searching are offered to find out whats going on. - WebLogic Server 12c offers end-to-end traceability and monitoring available through Oracle EM ("Enterprise Manager"), including monitoring of business transactions that flows through web servers, ESBs, application servers and database servers, all of this with high deep JVM analysis and diagnostics. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand, even using JBoss ON ("Operations Network"), which is a separated technology, does not support those features. Red Hat relies on third-part tools to provide direct Oracle database traceability across JVMs. One of those tools are Oracle EM for non-Oracle middleware that manage JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere and IIS transparently. - WebLogic Server 12c with their JRockit support offers a tool called JRockit Flight Recorder, which can give developers a complete visibility of a certain period of application production monitoring with zero extra overhead. This automatic recording allows you to deep analyse threads latency, memory leaks, thread contention, resource utilization, stack overflow damages and GC ("Garbage Collection") cycles, to observe in real time stop-the-world phenomenons, generational, reference count and parallel collects and mutator threads analysis. JBoss EAP 6 don't even dream to support something similar, even because they don't have their own JVM. 3) Application Server Administration - WebLogic Server 12c offers a complete administration console complemented with scripting and macro-like recording capabilities. A single WebLogic console can managed up to hundreds of WebLogic servers belonging to the same domain. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited console and provides a XML centric administration. JBoss, after ten years, started the development of a rudimentary centralized administration that still leave a lot of administration tasks aside, so admin people and developers must touch scripts and XML configuration files for most advanced and even simple administration tasks. This lead applications to error prone and risky deployments. Even using JBoss ON, JBoss EAP are not able to offer decent administration features for admin people which must be high skilled in JBoss internal architecture and its managing capabilities. - Oracle EM is available to manage multiple domains, databases, application servers, operating systems and virtualization, with a complete end-to-end visibility. JBoss ON does not provide management capabilities across the complete architecture, only basic monitoring. Even deployment must be done aside JBoss ON which does no integrate well with others softwares than JBoss. Until now, JBoss ON does not supports JBoss EAP 6, so even their minimal support for JBoss are not available for JBoss EAP 6 leaving customers uncovered and subject to high skilled JBoss admin people. - WebLogic Server 12c has the same administration model whatever is the topology selected by the customer. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand differentiates between two operational models: standalone-mode and domain-mode, that are not consistent with each other. Depending on the mode used, the administration skill is different. - WebLogic Server 12c has no point-of-failures processes, and it does not need to define any specialized server. Domain model in WebLogic is available for years (at least ten years or more) and is production proven. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand needs special processes to garantee JBoss integrity, the PC ("Process-Controller") and the HC ("Host-Controller"). Different from WebLogic, the domain model in JBoss is quite new (one year at tops) of maturity, and need to mature considerably until start doing things like WebLogic domain model does. - WebLogic Server 12c supports parallel deployment model which enables some artifacts being deployed at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have any similar feature. Every deployment are done atomically in the containers. This means that if you have a huge EAR (an EAR of 120 MB of size for instance) and deploy onto JBoss EAP 6, this EAR will take some minutes in order to starting accept thread requests. The same EAR deployed onto WebLogic Server 12c will reduce the deployment time at least in 2X compared to JBoss. 4) Support and Upgrades - WebLogic Server 12c has patch management available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no patch management available, each JBoss EAP instance should be patched manually. To achieve such feature, you need to buy a separated technology called JBoss ON ("Operations Network") that manage this type of stuff. But until now, JBoss ON does not support JBoss EAP 6 so, in practice, JBoss EAP 6 does not have this feature. - WebLogic Server 12c supports previuous WebLogic domains without any reconfiguration since its kernel is robust and mature since its creation in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a proven lack of supportability between JBoss AS 4, 5, 6 and 7. Different kernels and messaging engines were implemented in JBoss stack in the last five years reveling their incapacity to create a well architected and proven middleware technology. - WebLogic Server 12c has patch prescription based on customer configuration. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such capability. People need to create ticket supports and have their installations revised by Red Hat support guys to gain some patch prescription from them. - Oracle WebLogic Server independent of the version has 8 years of support of new patches and has lifetime release of existing patches beyond that. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand provides patches for a specific application server version up to 5 years after the release date. JBoss EAP 4 and previous versions had only 4 years. A good question that Red Hat will argue to answer is: "what happens when you find issues after year 5"?  5) RAC ("Real Application Clusters") Support - WebLogic Server 12c ships with a specific JDBC driver to leverage Oracle RAC clustering capabilities (Fast-Application-Notification, Transaction Affinity, Fast-Connection-Failover, etc). Oracle JDBC thin driver are also available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand ships only the standard Oracle JDBC thin driver. Load balancing with Oracle RAC are not supported. Manual intervention in case of planned or unplanned RAC downtime are necessary. In JBoss EAP 6, situation does not reestablish automatically after downtime. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called Active GridLink for Oracle RAC which provides up to 3X performance on OLTP applications. This seamless integration between WebLogic and Oracle database enable more value added to critical business applications leveraging their investments in Oracle database technology and Oracle middleware. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no performance gains at all, even when admin people implement some kind of connection-pooling tuning. - WebLogic Server 12c also supports transaction and web session affinity to the Oracle RAC, which provides aditional gains of performance. This is particularly interesting if you are creating a reliable solution that are distributed not only in an LAN cluster, but into a different data center. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. 6) Standards and Technology Support - WebLogic Server 12c is fully Java EE 6 compatible and production ready since december of 2011. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand became fully compatible with Java EE 6 only in the community version after three months, and production ready only in a few days considering that this article was written in June of 2012. Red Hat says that they are the masters of innovation and technology proliferation, but compared with Oracle and even other proprietary vendors like IBM, they historically speaking are lazy to deliver the most newest technologies and standards adherence. - Oracle is the steward of Java, driving innovation into the platform from commercial and open-source vendors. Red Hat on the other hand does not have its own JVM and relies on third-part JVMs to complete their application server offer. 95% of Red Hat customers are using Oracle HotSpot as JVM, which means that without Oracle involvement, their support are limited exclusively to the application server layer and we all know that most problems are happens in the JVM layer. - WebLogic Server 12c supports natively JDK 7, which empower developers to explore the maximum of the Java platform productivity when writing code. This feature differentiate WebLogic from others application servers (except GlassFish that are also managed by Oracle) because the usage of JDK 7 introduce such remarkable productivity features like the "try-with-resources" enhancement, catching multiple exceptions with one try block, Strings in the switch statements, JVM improvements in terms of JDBC, I/O, networking, security, concurrency and of course, the most important feature of Java 7: native support for multiple non-Java languages. More features regarding JDK 7 can be found here. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not support JDK 7 officially, they comment in their community version that "Java SE 7 can be used with JBoss 7" which does not gives you any guarantees of enterprise support for JDK 7. - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c supports integration with Spring framework allowing Spring applications to use WebLogic special transaction manager, exposing bean interfaces to WebLogic MBeans to take advantage of all WebLogic monitoring and administration advantages. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no special integration with Spring. In fact, Red Hat offers a suspicious package called "JBoss Web Platform" that in theory supports Spring, but in practice this package does not offers any special integration. It is just a facility for Red Hat customers to have support from both JBoss and Spring technology using the same customer support. 7) Lightweight Development - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c and Oracle GlassFish are completely integrated and can share applications without any modifications. Starting with the 12c version, WebLogic now understands natively GlassFish deployment descriptors and specific configurations in order to offer you a truly and reliable migration path from a community Java EE application server to a enterprise middleware product like WebLogic. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no support to natively reuse an existing (or still in development) application from JBoss AS community server. Users of JBoss suffer of critical issues during deployment time that includes: changing the libraries and dependencies of the application, patching the DTD or XSD deployment descriptors, refactoring of the application layers due classloading issues and anomalies, rebuilding of persistence, business and web layers due issues with "usage of the certified version of an certain dependency" or "frameworks that Red Hat potentially does not recommend" etc. If you have the culture or enterprise IT directive of developing Java EE applications using community middleware to in a certain future, transition to enterprise (supported by a vendor) middleware, Oracle WebLogic plus Oracle GlassFish offers you a more sustainable solution. - WebLogic Server 12c has a very light ZIP distribution (less than 165 MB). JBoss EAP 6 ZIP size is around 130 MB, together with JBoss ON you have more 100 MB resulting in a higher download footprint. This is particularly interesting if you plan to use automated setup of application server instances (for example, to rapidly setup a development or staging environment) using Maven or Hudson. - WebLogic Server 12c has a complete integration with Maven allowing developers to setup WebLogic domains with few commands. Tasks like downloading WebLogic, installation, domain creation, data sources deployment are completely integrated. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited offer integration with those tools.  - WebLogic Server 12c has a startup mode called WLX that turns-off EJB, JMS and JCA containers leaving enabled only the web container with Java EE 6 web profile. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such feature, you need to disable manually the containers that you do not want to use. - WebLogic Server 12c supports fastswap, which enables you to change classes without redeployment. This is particularly interesting if you are developing patches for the application that is already deployed and you do not want to redeploy the entire application. This is the same behavior that most application servers offers to JSP pages, but with WebLogic Server 12c, you have the same feature for Java classes in general. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. Even JBoss EAP 5 does not support this until now. 8) JMS and Messaging - WebLogic Server 12c has a proven and high scalable JMS implementation since its initial release in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a still immature technology called HornetQ, which was introduced in JBoss EAP 5 replacing everything that was implemented in the previous versions. Red Hat loves to introduce new technologies across JBoss versions, playing around with customers and their investments. And when they are asked about why they have changed the implementation and caused such a mess, their answer is always: "the previous implementation was inadequate and not aligned with the community strategy so we are creating a new a improved one". This Red Hat practice leads to uncomfortable investments that in a near future (sometimes less than a year) will be affected in someway. - WebLogic Server 12c has troubleshooting and monitoring features included on the WebLogic console and WLDF. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct monitoring on the console, activity is reflected only on the logs, no debug logs available in case of JMS issues. - WebLogic Server 12c has extremely good performance and scalability. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a JMS storage mechanism relying on Oracle database or MySQL. This means that if an issue in production happens and Red Hat affirms that an performance issue is happening due to database problems, they will not support you on the performance issue. They will orient you to call Oracle instead. - WebLogic Server 12c supports messaging enterprise features like SAF ("Store and Forward"), Distributed Queues/Topics and Foreign JMS providers support that leverage JMS implementations without compromise developer code making things completely transparent. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand do not even dream to support such features. 9) Caching and Grid - Coherence, which is the leading and most mature data grid technology from Oracle, is available since early 2000 and was integrated with WebLogic in 2009. Coherence and WebLogic clusters can be both managed from WebLogic administrative console. Even Node Manager supports Coherence. JBoss on the other hand discontinued JBoss Cache, which was their caching implementation just like they did with the messaging implementation (JBossMQ) which was a issue for long term customers. JBoss EAP 6 ships InfiniSpan version 1.0 which is immature and lack a proven record of successful cases and reliability. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called ActiveCache which uses Coherence to, without any code changes, replicate HTTP sessions from both WebLogic and other application servers like JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere, GlassFish and even Microsoft IIS. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does have such support and even when they do in the future, they probably will support only their own application server. - Coherence can be used to manage both L1 and L2 cache levels, providing support to Oracle TopLink and others JPA compliant implementations, even Hibernate. JBoss EAP 6 and Infinispan on the other hand supports only Hibernate. And most important of all: Infinispan does not have any successful case of L1 or L2 caching level support using Hibernate, which lead us to reflect about its viability. 10) Performance - WebLogic Server 12c is certified with Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud and can run unchanged applications at this engineered system. This approach can benefit customers from Exalogic optimization's of both kernel and JVM layers to boost performance in terms of 10X for web, OLTP, JMS and grid applications. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no investment on engineered systems: customers do not have the choice to deploy on a Java ultra fast system if their project becomes relevant and performance issues are detected. - WebLogic Server 12c maintains a performance gain across each new release: starting on WebLogic 5.1, the overall performance gain has been close to 4X, which close to a 20% gain release by release. JBoss on the other hand does not provide SPECJAppServer or SPECJEnterprise performance benchmarks. Their so called "performance gains" remains hidden in their customer environments, which lead us to think if it is true or not since we will never get access to those environments. - WebLogic Server 12c has industry performance benchmarks with submissions across platforms and configurations leading SPECJ. Oracle WebLogic leads SPECJAppServer performance in multiple categories, fitting all customer topologies like: dual-node, single-node, multi-node and multi-node with RAC. JBoss... again, does not provide any SPECJAppServer performance benchmarks. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called work manager which allows your application to embrace new performance levels based on critical resource utilization of the CPUs usage. Work managers prioritizes work and allocates threads based on an execution model that takes into account administrator-defined parameters and actual run-time performance and throughput. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no compared feature and probably they never will. Not supporting such feature like work managers, JBoss EAP 6 forces admin people and specially developers to uncover performance gains in a intrusive way, rewriting the code and doing performance refactorings. 11) Professional Services Support - WebLogic Server 12c and any other technology sold by Oracle give customers the possibility of hire OCS ("Oracle Consulting Services") to manage critical scenarios, deployment assistance of new applications, high skilled consultancy of architecture, best practices and people allocation together with customer teams. All OCS services are available without any restrictions, having the customer bought software from Oracle or just starting their implementation before any acquisition. JBoss EAP 6 or Red Hat to be more specifically, only offers professional services if you buy subscriptions from them. If you are developing a new critical application for your business and need the help of Red Hat for a serious issue or architecture decision, they will probably say: "OK... I can help you but after you buy subscriptions from me". Red Hat also does not allows their professional services consultants to manage environments that uses community based software. They will probably force you to first buy a subscription, download their "enterprise" version and them, optionally hire their consultants. - Oracle provides you our university to educate your team into our technologies, including of course specialized trainings of WebLogic application server. At any time and location, you can hire Oracle to train your team so you get trustful knowledge according to your specific needs. Certifications for the products are also available if your technical people desire to differentiate themselves as professionals. Red Hat on the other hand have a limited pool of resources to train your team in their technologies. Basically they are selling training and certification for RHEL ("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") but if you demand more specialized training in JBoss middleware, they will probably connect you to some "certified" partner localized training since they are apparently discontinuing their education center, at least here in Brazil. They were not able to reproduce their success with RHEL education to their middleware division since they need first sell the subscriptions to after gives you specialized training. And again, they only offer you specialized training based on their enterprise version (EAP in the case of JBoss) which means that the courses will be a quite outdated. There are reports of developers that took official training's from Red Hat at this year (2012) and in a certain JBoss advanced course, Red Hat supposedly covered JBossMQ as the messaging subsystem, and even the printed material provided was based on JBossMQ since the training was created for JBoss EAP 4.3. 12) Encouraging Transparency without Ulterior Motives - WebLogic Server 12c like any other software from Oracle can be downloaded any time from anywhere, you should only possess an OTN ("Oracle Technology Network") credential and you can download any enterprise software how many times you want. And is not some kind of "trial" version. It is the official binaries that will be running for ever in your data center. Oracle does not encourages the usage of "specific versions" of our software. The binaries you buy from Oracle are the same binaries anyone in the world could download and use for testing and personal education. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand are not available for download unless you buy a subscription and get access to the Red Hat enterprise repositories. If you need to test, learn or just start creating your application using Red Hat's middleware software, you should download it from the community website. You are not allowed to download the enterprise version that, according to Red Hat are more secure, reliable and robust. But no one of us want to start the development of a software with an unsecured, unreliable and not scalable middleware right? So what you do? You are "invited" by Red Hat to buy subscriptions from them to get access to the "cool" version of the software. - WebLogic Server 12c prices are publicly available in the Oracle website. If you want to know right now how much WebLogic will cost to your organization, just click here and get access to our price list. In the case of WebLogic, check out the "US Oracle Technology Commercial Price List". Oracle also encourages you to get in touch with a sales representative to discuss discounts that would make possible the investment into our technology. But you are not required to do this, only if you are interested in buying our technology or maybe you want to discuss some discount scenarios. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have its cost publicly available in Red Hat's website or in any other media, at least is not so easy to get such information. The only link you will possibly find in their website is a "Contact a Sales Representative" link. This is not a very good relationship between an customer and an vendor. This is not an example of transparency, mainly when the software are sold as open. In this situations, customers expects to see the software prices publicly available, so they can have the chance to decide, based on the existing features of the software, if the cost is fair or not. Conclusion Oracle WebLogic is the most mature, secure, reliable and scalable Java EE application server of the market, and have a proven record of success around the globe to prove it's majority. Don't lose the chance to discover today how WebLogic could fit your needs and sustain your global IT middleware strategy, no matter if your strategy are completely based on the Cloud or not.

    Read the article

  • Building applications with WCF - Intro

    - by skjagini
    I am going to write series of articles using Windows Communication Framework (WCF) to develop client and server applications and this is the first part of that series. What is WCF As Juwal puts in his Programming WCF book, WCF provides an SDK for developing and deploying services on Windows, provides runtime environment to expose CLR types as services and consume services as CLR types. Building services with WCF is incredibly easy and it’s implementation provides a set of industry standards and off the shelf plumbing including service hosting, instance management, reliability, transaction management, security etc such that it greatly increases productivity Scenario: Lets consider a typical bank customer trying to create an account, deposit amount and transfer funds between accounts, i.e. checking and savings. To make it interesting, we are going to divide the functionality into multiple services and each of them working with database directly. We will run test cases with and without transactional support across services. In this post we will build contracts, services, data access layer, unit tests to verify end to end communication etc, nothing big stuff here and we dig into other features of the WCF in subsequent posts with incremental changes. In any distributed architecture we have two pieces i.e. services and clients. Services as the name implies provide functionality to execute various pieces of business logic on the server, and clients providing interaction to the end user. Services can be built with Web Services or with WCF. Service built on WCF have the advantage of binding independent, i.e. can run against TCP and HTTP protocol without any significant changes to the code. Solution Services Profile: For creating a new bank customer, getting details about existing customer ProfileContract ProfileService Checking Account: To get checking account balance, deposit or withdraw amount CheckingAccountContract CheckingAccountService Savings Account: To get savings account balance, deposit or withdraw amount SavingsAccountContract SavingsAccountService ServiceHost: To host services, i.e. running the services at particular address, binding and contract where client can connect to Client: Helps end user to use services like creating account and amount transfer between the accounts BankDAL: Data access layer to work with database     BankDAL It’s no brainer not to use an ORM as many matured products are available currently in market including Linq2Sql, Entity Framework (EF), LLblGenPro etc. For this exercise I am going to use Entity Framework 4.0, CTP 5 with code first approach. There are two approaches when working with data, data driven and code driven. In data driven we start by designing tables and their constrains in database and generate entities in code while in code driven (code first) approach entities are defined in code and the metadata generated from the entities is used by the EF to create tables and table constrains. In previous versions the entity classes had  to derive from EF specific base classes. In EF 4 it  is not required to derive from any EF classes, the entities are not only persistence ignorant but also enable full test driven development using mock frameworks.  Application consists of 3 entities, Customer entity which contains Customer details; CheckingAccount and SavingsAccount to hold the respective account balance. We could have introduced an Account base class for CheckingAccount and SavingsAccount which is certainly possible with EF mappings but to keep it simple we are just going to follow 1 –1 mapping between entity and table mappings. Lets start out by defining a class called Customer which will be mapped to Customer table, observe that the class is simply a plain old clr object (POCO) and has no reference to EF at all. using System;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class Customer { public int Id { get; set; } public string FullName { get; set; } public string Address { get; set; } public DateTime DateOfBirth { get; set; } } }   In order to inform EF about the Customer entity we have to define a database context with properties of type DbSet<> for every POCO which needs to be mapped to a table in database. EF uses convention over configuration to generate the metadata resulting in much less configuration. using System.Data.Entity;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class BankDbContext: DbContext { public DbSet<Customer> Customers { get; set; } } }   Entity constrains can be defined through attributes on Customer class or using fluent syntax (no need to muscle with xml files), CustomerConfiguration class. By defining constrains in a separate class we can maintain clean POCOs without corrupting entity classes with database specific information.   using System; using System.Data.Entity.ModelConfiguration;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class CustomerConfiguration: EntityTypeConfiguration<Customer> { public CustomerConfiguration() { Initialize(); }   private void Initialize() { //Setting the Primary Key this.HasKey(e => e.Id);   //Setting required fields this.HasRequired(e => e.FullName); this.HasRequired(e => e.Address); //Todo: Can't create required constraint as DateOfBirth is not reference type, research it //this.HasRequired(e => e.DateOfBirth); } } }   Any queries executed against Customers property in BankDbContext are executed against Cusomers table. By convention EF looks for connection string with key of BankDbContext when working with the context.   We are going to define a helper class to work with Customer entity with methods for querying, adding new entity etc and these are known as repository classes, i.e., CustomerRepository   using System; using System.Data.Entity; using System.Linq; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace BankDAL.Repositories { public class CustomerRepository { private readonly IDbSet<Customer> _customers;   public CustomerRepository(BankDbContext bankDbContext) { if (bankDbContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException(); _customers = bankDbContext.Customers; }   public IQueryable<Customer> Query() { return _customers; }   public void Add(Customer customer) { _customers.Add(customer); } } }   From the above code it is observable that the Query methods returns customers as IQueryable i.e. customers are retrieved only when actually used i.e. iterated. Returning as IQueryable also allows to execute filtering and joining statements from business logic using lamba expressions without cluttering the data access layer with tens of methods.   Our CheckingAccountRepository and SavingsAccountRepository look very similar to each other using System; using System.Data.Entity; using System.Linq; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace BankDAL.Repositories { public class CheckingAccountRepository { private readonly IDbSet<CheckingAccount> _checkingAccounts;   public CheckingAccountRepository(BankDbContext bankDbContext) { if (bankDbContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException(); _checkingAccounts = bankDbContext.CheckingAccounts; }   public IQueryable<CheckingAccount> Query() { return _checkingAccounts; }   public void Add(CheckingAccount account) { _checkingAccounts.Add(account); }   public IQueryable<CheckingAccount> GetAccount(int customerId) { return (from act in _checkingAccounts where act.CustomerId == customerId select act); }   } } The repository classes look very similar to each other for Query and Add methods, with the help of C# generics and implementing repository pattern (Martin Fowler) we can reduce the repeated code. Jarod from ElegantCode has posted an article on how to use repository pattern with EF which we will implement in the subsequent articles along with WCF Unity life time managers by Drew Contracts It is very easy to follow contract first approach with WCF, define the interface and append ServiceContract, OperationContract attributes. IProfile contract exposes functionality for creating customer and getting customer details.   using System; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace ProfileContract { [ServiceContract] public interface IProfile { [OperationContract] Customer CreateCustomer(string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth);   [OperationContract] Customer GetCustomer(int id);   } }   ICheckingAccount contract exposes functionality for working with checking account, i.e., getting balance, deposit and withdraw of amount. ISavingsAccount contract looks the same as checking account.   using System.ServiceModel;   namespace CheckingAccountContract { [ServiceContract] public interface ICheckingAccount { [OperationContract] decimal? GetCheckingAccountBalance(int customerId);   [OperationContract] void DepositAmount(int customerId,decimal amount);   [OperationContract] void WithdrawAmount(int customerId, decimal amount);   } }   Services   Having covered the data access layer and contracts so far and here comes the core of the business logic, i.e. services.   .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } ProfileService implements the IProfile contract for creating customer and getting customer detail using CustomerRepository. using System; using System.Linq; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL; using BankDAL.Model; using BankDAL.Repositories; using ProfileContract;   namespace ProfileService { [ServiceBehavior(IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true)] public class Profile: IProfile { public Customer CreateAccount( string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth) { Customer cust = new Customer { FullName = customerName, Address = address, DateOfBirth = dateOfBirth };   using (var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { new CustomerRepository(bankDbContext).Add(cust); bankDbContext.SaveChanges(); } return cust; }   public Customer CreateCustomer(string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth) { return CreateAccount(customerName, address, dateOfBirth); } public Customer GetCustomer(int id) { return new CustomerRepository(new BankDbContext()).Query() .Where(i => i.Id == id).FirstOrDefault(); }   } } From the above code you shall observe that we are calling bankDBContext’s SaveChanges method and there is no save method specific to customer entity because EF manages all the changes centralized at the context level and all the pending changes so far are submitted in a batch and it is represented as Unit of Work. Similarly Checking service implements ICheckingAccount contract using CheckingAccountRepository, notice that we are throwing overdraft exception if the balance falls by zero. WCF has it’s own way of raising exceptions using fault contracts which will be explained in the subsequent articles. SavingsAccountService is similar to CheckingAccountService. using System; using System.Linq; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL.Model; using BankDAL.Repositories; using CheckingAccountContract;   namespace CheckingAccountService { [ServiceBehavior(IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true)] public class Checking:ICheckingAccount { public decimal? GetCheckingAccountBalance(int customerId) { using (var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { CheckingAccount account = (new CheckingAccountRepository(bankDbContext) .GetAccount(customerId)).FirstOrDefault();   if (account != null) return account.Balance;   return null; } }   public void DepositAmount(int customerId, decimal amount) { using(var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { var checkingAccountRepository = new CheckingAccountRepository(bankDbContext); CheckingAccount account = (checkingAccountRepository.GetAccount(customerId)) .FirstOrDefault();   if (account == null) { account = new CheckingAccount() { CustomerId = customerId }; checkingAccountRepository.Add(account); }   account.Balance = account.Balance + amount; if (account.Balance < 0) throw new ApplicationException("Overdraft not accepted");   bankDbContext.SaveChanges(); } } public void WithdrawAmount(int customerId, decimal amount) { DepositAmount(customerId, -1*amount); } } }   BankServiceHost The host acts as a glue binding contracts with it’s services, exposing the endpoints. The services can be exposed either through the code or configuration file, configuration file is preferred as it allows run time changes to service behavior even after deployment. We have 3 services and for each of the service you need to define name (the class that implements the service with fully qualified namespace) and endpoint known as ABC, i.e. address, binding and contract. We are using netTcpBinding and have defined the base address with for each of the contracts .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } <system.serviceModel> <services> <service name="ProfileService.Profile"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="ProfileContract.IProfile"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Profile"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> <service name="CheckingAccountService.Checking"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="CheckingAccountContract.ICheckingAccount"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Checking"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> <service name="SavingsAccountService.Savings"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="SavingsAccountContract.ISavingsAccount"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Savings"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> </services> </system.serviceModel> Have to open the services by creating service host which will handle the incoming requests from clients.   using System;   namespace ServiceHost { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { CreateHosts(); Console.ReadLine(); }   private static void CreateHosts() { CreateHost(typeof(ProfileService.Profile),"Profile Service"); CreateHost(typeof(SavingsAccountService.Savings), "Savings Account Service"); CreateHost(typeof(CheckingAccountService.Checking), "Checking Account Service"); }   private static void CreateHost(Type type, string hostDescription) { System.ServiceModel.ServiceHost host = new System.ServiceModel.ServiceHost(type); host.Open();   if (host.ChannelDispatchers != null && host.ChannelDispatchers.Count != 0 && host.ChannelDispatchers[0].Listener != null) Console.WriteLine("Started: " + host.ChannelDispatchers[0].Listener.Uri); else Console.WriteLine("Failed to start:" + hostDescription); } } } BankClient    The client has no knowledge about service business logic other than the functionality it exposes through the contract, end points and a proxy to work against. The endpoint data and server proxy can be generated by right clicking on the project reference and choosing ‘Add Service Reference’ and entering the service end point address. Or if you have access to source, you can manually reference contract dlls and update clients configuration file to point to the service end point if the server and client happens to be being built using .Net framework. One of the pros with the manual approach is you don’t have to work against messy code generated files.   <system.serviceModel> <client> <endpoint name="tcpProfile" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Profile" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="ProfileContract.IProfile"/> <endpoint name="tcpCheckingAccount" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Checking" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="CheckingAccountContract.ICheckingAccount"/> <endpoint name="tcpSavingsAccount" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Savings" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="SavingsAccountContract.ISavingsAccount"/>   </client> </system.serviceModel> The client uses a façade to connect to the services   using System.ServiceModel; using CheckingAccountContract; using ProfileContract; using SavingsAccountContract;   namespace Client { public class ProxyFacade { public static IProfile ProfileProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<IProfile>("tcpProfile")).CreateChannel(); }   public static ICheckingAccount CheckingAccountProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<ICheckingAccount>("tcpCheckingAccount")) .CreateChannel(); }   public static ISavingsAccount SavingsAccountProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<ISavingsAccount>("tcpSavingsAccount")) .CreateChannel(); }   } }   With that in place, lets get our unit tests going   using System; using System.Diagnostics; using BankDAL.Model; using NUnit.Framework; using ProfileContract;   namespace Client { [TestFixture] public class Tests { private void TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(int customerId, decimal amount) { ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, amount); ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customerId, amount); }   private void TransferFundsFromCheckingToSavingsAccount(int customerId, decimal amount) { ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, amount); ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customerId, amount); }     [Test] public void CreateAndGetProfileTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); const string customerName = "Tom"; int customerId = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1982, 1, 1)).Id; Customer customer = profile.GetCustomer(customerId); Assert.AreEqual(customerName,customer.FullName); }   [Test] public void DepositWithDrawAndTransferAmountTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); string customerName = "Smith" + DateTime.Now.ToString("HH:mm:ss"); var customer = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1982, 1, 1)); // Deposit to Savings ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 100); ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 25); Assert.AreEqual(125, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); // Withdraw ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customer.Id, 30); Assert.AreEqual(95, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Deposit to Checking ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 60); ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 40); Assert.AreEqual(100, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id)); // Withdraw ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customer.Id, 30); Assert.AreEqual(70, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Transfer from Savings to Checking TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customer.Id,10); Assert.AreEqual(85, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); Assert.AreEqual(80, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Transfer from Checking to Savings TransferFundsFromCheckingToSavingsAccount(customer.Id, 50); Assert.AreEqual(135, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); Assert.AreEqual(30, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id)); }   [Test] public void FundTransfersWithOverDraftTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); string customerName = "Angelina" + DateTime.Now.ToString("HH:mm:ss");   var customerId = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1972, 1, 1)).Id;   ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, 100); TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customerId,80); Assert.AreEqual(20, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customerId)); Assert.AreEqual(80, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customerId));   try { TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customerId,30); } catch (Exception e) { Debug.WriteLine(e.Message); }   Assert.AreEqual(110, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customerId)); Assert.AreEqual(20, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customerId)); } } }   We are creating a new instance of the channel for every operation, we will look into instance management and how creating a new instance of channel affects it in subsequent articles. The first two test cases deals with creation of Customer, deposit and withdraw of month between accounts. The last case, FundTransferWithOverDraftTest() is interesting. Customer starts with depositing $100 in SavingsAccount followed by transfer of $80 in to checking account resulting in $20 in savings account.  Customer then initiates $30 transfer from Savings to Checking resulting in overdraft exception on Savings with $30 being deposited to Checking. As we are not running both the requests in transactions the customer ends up with more amount than what he started with $100. In subsequent posts we will look into transactions handling.  Make sure the ServiceHost project is set as start up project and start the solution. Run the test cases either from NUnit client or TestDriven.Net/Resharper which ever is your favorite tool. Make sure you have updated the data base connection string in the ServiceHost config file to point to your local database

    Read the article

  • Extending Oracle CEP with Predictive Analytics

    - by vikram.shukla(at)oracle.com
    Introduction: OCEP is often used as a business rules engine to execute a set of business logic rules via CQL statements, and take decisions based on the outcome of those rules. There are times where configuring rules manually is sufficient because an application needs to deal with only a small and well-defined set of static rules. However, in many situations customers don't want to pre-define such rules for two reasons. First, they are dealing with events with lots of columns and manually crafting such rules for each column or a set of columns and combinations thereof is almost impossible. Second, they are content with probabilistic outcomes and do not care about 100% precision. The former is the case when a user is dealing with data with high dimensionality, the latter when an application can live with "false" positives as they can be discarded after further inspection, say by a Human Task component in a Business Process Management software. The primary goal of this blog post is to show how this can be achieved by combining OCEP with Oracle Data Mining® and leveraging the latter's rich set of algorithms and functionality to do predictive analytics in real time on streaming events. The secondary goal of this post is also to show how OCEP can be extended to invoke any arbitrary external computation in an RDBMS from within CEP. The extensible facility is known as the JDBC cartridge. The rest of the post describes the steps required to achieve this: We use the dataset available at http://blogs.oracle.com/datamining/2010/01/fraud_and_anomaly_detection_made_simple.html to showcase the capabilities. We use it to show how transaction anomalies or fraud can be detected. Building the model: Follow the self-explanatory steps described at the above URL to build the model.  It is very simple - it uses built-in Oracle Data Mining PL/SQL packages to cleanse, normalize and build the model out of the dataset.  You can also use graphical Oracle Data Miner®  to build the models. To summarize, it involves: Specifying which algorithms to use. In this case we use Support Vector Machines as we're trying to find anomalies in highly dimensional dataset.Build model on the data in the table for the algorithms specified. For this example, the table was populated in the scott/tiger schema with appropriate privileges. Configuring the Data Source: This is the first step in building CEP application using such an integration.  Our datasource looks as follows in the server config file.  It is advisable that you use the Visualizer to add it to the running server dynamically, rather than manually edit the file.    <data-source>         <name>DataMining</name>         <data-source-params>             <jndi-names>                 <element>DataMining</element>             </jndi-names>             <global-transactions-protocol>OnePhaseCommit</global-transactions-protocol>         </data-source-params>         <connection-pool-params>             <credential-mapping-enabled></credential-mapping-enabled>             <test-table-name>SQL SELECT 1 from DUAL</test-table-name>             <initial-capacity>1</initial-capacity>             <max-capacity>15</max-capacity>             <capacity-increment>1</capacity-increment>         </connection-pool-params>         <driver-params>             <use-xa-data-source-interface>true</use-xa-data-source-interface>             <driver-name>oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver</driver-name>             <url>jdbc:oracle:thin:@localhost:1522:orcl</url>             <properties>                 <element>                     <value>scott</value>                     <name>user</name>                 </element>                 <element>                     <value>{Salted-3DES}AzFE5dDbO2g=</value>                     <name>password</name>                 </element>                                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceName</name>                     <value>oracle11.2g</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceVersion</name>                     <value>11.2.0</value>                 </element>                 <element>                     <name>com.bea.core.datasource.serviceObjectClass</name>                     <value>java.sql.Driver</value>                 </element>             </properties>         </driver-params>     </data-source>   Designing the EPN: The EPN is very simple in this example. We briefly describe each of the components. The adapter ("DataMiningAdapter") reads data from a .csv file and sends it to the CQL processor downstream. The event payload here is same as that of the table in the database (refer to the attached project or do a "desc table-name" from a SQL*PLUS prompt). While this is for convenience in this example, it need not be the case. One can still omit fields in the streaming events, and need not match all columns in the table on which the model was built. Better yet, it does not even need to have the same name as columns in the table, as long as you alias them in the USING clause of the mining function. (Caveat: they still need to draw values from a similar universe or domain, otherwise it constitutes incorrect usage of the model). There are two things in the CQL processor ("DataMiningProc") that make scoring possible on streaming events. 1.      User defined cartridge function Please refer to the OCEP CQL reference manual to find more details about how to define such functions. We include the function below in its entirety for illustration. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jdbcctxconfig:config     xmlns:jdbcctxconfig="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application"     xmlns:jc="http://www.oracle.com/ns/ocep/config/jdbc">        <jc:jdbc-ctx>         <name>Oracle11gR2</name>         <data-source>DataMining</data-source>               <function name="prediction2">                                 <param name="CQLMONTH" type="char"/>                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTH" type="int"/>                      <param name="DAYOFWEEK" type="char" />                      <param name="MAKE" type="char" />                      <param name="ACCIDENTAREA"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED"  type="char" />                      <param name="MONTHCLAIMED" type="char" />                      <param name="WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED" type="int" />                      <param name="SEX" type="char" />                      <param name="MARITALSTATUS"   type="char" />                      <param name="AGE" type="int" />                      <param name="FAULT" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICYTYPE"   type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLECATEGORY"  type="char" />                      <param name="VEHICLEPRICE" type="char" />                      <param name="FRAUDFOUND" type="int" />                      <param name="POLICYNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="REPNUMBER" type="int" />                      <param name="DEDUCTIBLE"   type="int" />                      <param name="DRIVERRATING"  type="int" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT"   type="char" />                      <param name="DAYSPOLICYCLAIM" type="char" />                      <param name="PASTNUMOFCLAIMS" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFVEHICLES" type="char" />                      <param name="AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER" type="char" />                      <param name="POLICEREPORTFILED" type="char" />                      <param name="WITNESSPRESNT" type="char" />                      <param name="AGENTTYPE" type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFSUPP" type="char" />                      <param name="ADDRCHGCLAIM"   type="char" />                      <param name="NUMOFCARS" type="char" />                      <param name="CQLYEAR" type="int" />                      <param name="BASEPOLICY" type="char" />                                     <return-component-type>char</return-component-type>                                                      <sql><![CDATA[             SELECT to_char(PREDICTION_PROBABILITY(CLAIMSMODEL, '0' USING *))               AS probability             FROM (SELECT  :CQLMONTH AS MONTH,                                            :WEEKOFMONTH AS WEEKOFMONTH,                          :DAYOFWEEK AS DAYOFWEEK,                           :MAKE AS MAKE,                           :ACCIDENTAREA AS ACCIDENTAREA,                           :DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED AS DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED,                           :MONTHCLAIMED AS MONTHCLAIMED,                           :WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED,                             :SEX AS SEX,                           :MARITALSTATUS AS MARITALSTATUS,                            :AGE AS AGE,                           :FAULT AS FAULT,                           :POLICYTYPE AS POLICYTYPE,                            :VEHICLECATEGORY AS VEHICLECATEGORY,                           :VEHICLEPRICE AS VEHICLEPRICE,                           :FRAUDFOUND AS FRAUDFOUND,                           :POLICYNUMBER AS POLICYNUMBER,                           :REPNUMBER AS REPNUMBER,                           :DEDUCTIBLE AS DEDUCTIBLE,                            :DRIVERRATING AS DRIVERRATING,                           :DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT AS DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT,                            :DAYSPOLICYCLAIM AS DAYSPOLICYCLAIM,                           :PASTNUMOFCLAIMS AS PASTNUMOFCLAIMS,                           :AGEOFVEHICLES AS AGEOFVEHICLES,                           :AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER AS AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER,                           :POLICEREPORTFILED AS POLICEREPORTFILED,                           :WITNESSPRESNT AS WITNESSPRESENT,                           :AGENTTYPE AS AGENTTYPE,                           :NUMOFSUPP AS NUMOFSUPP,                           :ADDRCHGCLAIM AS ADDRCHGCLAIM,                            :NUMOFCARS AS NUMOFCARS,                           :CQLYEAR AS YEAR,                           :BASEPOLICY AS BASEPOLICY                 FROM dual)                 ]]>         </sql>        </function>     </jc:jdbc-ctx> </jdbcctxconfig:config> 2.      Invoking the function for each event. Once this function is defined, you can invoke it from CQL as follows: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <wlevs:config xmlns:wlevs="http://www.bea.com/ns/wlevs/config/application">   <processor>     <name>DataMiningProc</name>     <rules>        <query id="q1"><![CDATA[                     ISTREAM(SELECT S.CQLMONTH,                                   S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                   S.DAYOFWEEK, S.MAKE,                                   :                                         S.BASEPOLICY,                                    C.F AS probability                                                 FROM                                 StreamDataChannel [NOW] AS S,                                 TABLE(prediction2@Oracle11gR2(S.CQLMONTH,                                      S.WEEKOFMONTH,                                      S.DAYOFWEEK,                                       S.MAKE, ...,                                      S.BASEPOLICY) AS F of char) AS C)                       ]]></query>                 </rules>               </processor>           </wlevs:config>   Finally, the last stage in the EPN prints out the probability of the event being an anomaly. One can also define a threshold in CQL to filter out events that are normal, i.e., below a certain mark as defined by the analyst or designer. Sample Runs: Now let's see how this behaves when events are streamed through CEP. We use only two events for brevity, one normal and other one not. This is one of the "normal" looking events and the probability of it being anomalous is less than 60%. Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2904821976256 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=300, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.58931702982118561 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .58931702982118561 However, the following event is scored as an anomaly with a very high probability of  89%. So there is likely to be something wrong with it. A close look reveals that the value of "deductible" field (10000) is not "normal". What exactly constitutes normal here?. If you run the query on the database to find ALL distinct values for the "deductible" field, it returns the following set: {300, 400, 500, 700} Event is: eventType=DataMiningOutEvent object=q1  time=2598483773496 S.CQLMONTH=Dec, S.WEEKOFMONTH=5, S.DAYOFWEEK=Wednesday, S.MAKE=Honda, S.ACCIDENTAREA=Urban, S.DAYOFWEEKCLAIMED=Tuesday, S.MONTHCLAIMED=Jan, S.WEEKOFMONTHCLAIMED=1, S.SEX=Female, S.MARITALSTATUS=Single, S.AGE=21, S.FAULT=Policy Holder, S.POLICYTYPE=Sport - Liability, S.VEHICLECATEGORY=Sport, S.VEHICLEPRICE=more than 69000, S.FRAUDFOUND=0, S.POLICYNUMBER=1, S.REPNUMBER=12, S.DEDUCTIBLE=10000, S.DRIVERRATING=1, S.DAYSPOLICYACCIDENT=more than 30, S.DAYSPOLICYCLAIM=more than 30, S.PASTNUMOFCLAIMS=none, S.AGEOFVEHICLES=3 years, S.AGEOFPOLICYHOLDER=26 to 30, S.POLICEREPORTFILED=No, S.WITNESSPRESENT=No, S.AGENTTYPE=External, S.NUMOFSUPP=none, S.ADDRCHGCLAIM=1 year, S.NUMOFCARS=3 to 4, S.CQLYEAR=1994, S.BASEPOLICY=Liability, probability=.89171554529576691 isTotalOrderGuarantee=true\nAnamoly probability: .89171554529576691 Conclusion: By way of this example, we show: real-time scoring of events as they flow through CEP leveraging Oracle Data Mining.how CEP applications can invoke complex arbitrary external computations (function shipping) in an RDBMS.

    Read the article

  • Same SELECT used in an INSERT has different execution plan

    - by amacias
    A customer complained that a query and its INSERT counterpart had different execution plans, and of course, the INSERT was slower. First lets look at the SELECT : SELECT ua_tr_rundatetime,        ua_ch_treatmentcode,        ua_tr_treatmentcode,        ua_ch_cellid,        ua_tr_cellid FROM   (SELECT DISTINCT CH.treatmentcode AS UA_CH_TREATMENTCODE,                         CH.cellid        AS UA_CH_CELLID         FROM    CH,                 DL         WHERE  CH.contactdatetime > SYSDATE - 5                AND CH.treatmentcode = DL.treatmentcode) CH_CELLS,        (SELECT DISTINCT T.treatmentcode AS UA_TR_TREATMENTCODE,                         T.cellid        AS UA_TR_CELLID,                         T.rundatetime   AS UA_TR_RUNDATETIME         FROM    T,                 DL         WHERE  T.treatmentcode = DL.treatmentcode) TRT_CELLS WHERE  CH_CELLS.ua_ch_treatmentcode(+) = TRT_CELLS.ua_tr_treatmentcode;  The query has 2 DISTINCT subqueries.  The execution plan shows one with DISTICT Placement transformation applied and not the other. The view in Step 5 has the prefix VW_DTP which means DISTINCT Placement. -------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id  | Operation                    | Name            | Cost (%CPU) -------------------------------------------------------------------- |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT             |                 |   272K(100) |*  1 |  HASH JOIN OUTER             |                 |   272K  (1) |   2 |   VIEW                       |                 |  4408   (1) |   3 |    HASH UNIQUE               |                 |  4408   (1) |*  4 |     HASH JOIN                |                 |  4407   (1) |   5 |      VIEW                    | VW_DTP_48BAF62C |  1660   (2) |   6 |       HASH UNIQUE            |                 |  1660   (2) |   7 |        TABLE ACCESS FULL     | DL              |  1644   (1) |   8 |      TABLE ACCESS FULL       | T               |  2744   (1) |   9 |   VIEW                       |                 |   267K  (1) |  10 |    HASH UNIQUE               |                 |   267K  (1) |* 11 |     HASH JOIN                |                 |   267K  (1) |  12 |      PARTITION RANGE ITERATOR|                 |   266K  (1) |* 13 |       TABLE ACCESS FULL      | CH              |   266K  (1) |  14 |      TABLE ACCESS FULL       | DL              |  1644   (1) -------------------------------------------------------------------- Query Block Name / Object Alias (identified by operation id): -------------------------------------------------------------    1 - SEL$1    2 - SEL$AF418D5F / TRT_CELLS@SEL$1    3 - SEL$AF418D5F    5 - SEL$F6AECEDE / VW_DTP_48BAF62C@SEL$48BAF62C    6 - SEL$F6AECEDE    7 - SEL$F6AECEDE / DL@SEL$3    8 - SEL$AF418D5F / T@SEL$3    9 - SEL$2        / CH_CELLS@SEL$1   10 - SEL$2   13 - SEL$2        / CH@SEL$2   14 - SEL$2        / DL@SEL$2 Predicate Information (identified by operation id): ---------------------------------------------------    1 - access("CH_CELLS"."UA_CH_TREATMENTCODE"="TRT_CELLS"."UA_TR_TREATMENTCODE")    4 - access("T"."TREATMENTCODE"="ITEM_1")   11 - access("CH"."TREATMENTCODE"="DL"."TREATMENTCODE")   13 - filter("CH"."CONTACTDATETIME">SYSDATE@!-5) The outline shows PLACE_DISTINCT(@"SEL$3" "DL"@"SEL$3") indicating that the QB3 is the one that got the transformation. Outline Data -------------   /*+       BEGIN_OUTLINE_DATA       IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS       OPTIMIZER_FEATURES_ENABLE('11.2.0.3')       DB_VERSION('11.2.0.3')       ALL_ROWS       OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$2")       OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$F6AECEDE")       OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$AF418D5F") PLACE_DISTINCT(@"SEL$3" "DL"@"SEL$3")       OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$1")       OUTLINE(@"SEL$48BAF62C")       OUTLINE(@"SEL$3")       NO_ACCESS(@"SEL$1" "TRT_CELLS"@"SEL$1")       NO_ACCESS(@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")       LEADING(@"SEL$1" "TRT_CELLS"@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")       USE_HASH(@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")       FULL(@"SEL$2" "CH"@"SEL$2")       FULL(@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")       LEADING(@"SEL$2" "CH"@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")       USE_HASH(@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")       USE_HASH_AGGREGATION(@"SEL$2")       NO_ACCESS(@"SEL$AF418D5F" "VW_DTP_48BAF62C"@"SEL$48BAF62C")       FULL(@"SEL$AF418D5F" "T"@"SEL$3")       LEADING(@"SEL$AF418D5F" "VW_DTP_48BAF62C"@"SEL$48BAF62C" "T"@"SEL$3")       USE_HASH(@"SEL$AF418D5F" "T"@"SEL$3")       USE_HASH_AGGREGATION(@"SEL$AF418D5F")       FULL(@"SEL$F6AECEDE" "DL"@"SEL$3")       USE_HASH_AGGREGATION(@"SEL$F6AECEDE")       END_OUTLINE_DATA   */ The 10053 shows there is a comparative of cost with and without the transformation. This means the transformation belongs to Cost-Based Query Transformations (CBQT). In SEL$3 the optimization of the query block without the transformation is 6659.73 and with the transformation is 4408.41 so the transformation is kept. GBP/DP: Checking validity of GBP/DP for query block SEL$3 (#3) DP: Checking validity of distinct placement for query block SEL$3 (#3) DP: Using search type: linear DP: Considering distinct placement on query block SEL$3 (#3) DP: Starting iteration 1, state space = (5) : (0) DP: Original query DP: Costing query block. DP: Updated best state, Cost = 6659.73 DP: Starting iteration 2, state space = (5) : (1) DP: Using DP transformation in this iteration. DP: Transformed query DP: Costing query block. DP: Updated best state, Cost = 4408.41 DP: Doing DP on the original QB. DP: Doing DP on the preserved QB. In SEL$2 the cost without the transformation is less than with it so it is not kept. GBP/DP: Checking validity of GBP/DP for query block SEL$2 (#2) DP: Checking validity of distinct placement for query block SEL$2 (#2) DP: Using search type: linear DP: Considering distinct placement on query block SEL$2 (#2) DP: Starting iteration 1, state space = (3) : (0) DP: Original query DP: Costing query block. DP: Updated best state, Cost = 267936.93 DP: Starting iteration 2, state space = (3) : (1) DP: Using DP transformation in this iteration. DP: Transformed query DP: Costing query block. DP: Not update best state, Cost = 267951.66 To the same query an INSERT INTO is added and the result is a very different execution plan. INSERT  INTO cc               (ua_tr_rundatetime,                ua_ch_treatmentcode,                ua_tr_treatmentcode,                ua_ch_cellid,                ua_tr_cellid)SELECT ua_tr_rundatetime,       ua_ch_treatmentcode,       ua_tr_treatmentcode,       ua_ch_cellid,       ua_tr_cellidFROM   (SELECT DISTINCT CH.treatmentcode AS UA_CH_TREATMENTCODE,                        CH.cellid        AS UA_CH_CELLID        FROM    CH,                DL        WHERE  CH.contactdatetime > SYSDATE - 5               AND CH.treatmentcode = DL.treatmentcode) CH_CELLS,       (SELECT DISTINCT T.treatmentcode AS UA_TR_TREATMENTCODE,                        T.cellid        AS UA_TR_CELLID,                        T.rundatetime   AS UA_TR_RUNDATETIME        FROM    T,                DL        WHERE  T.treatmentcode = DL.treatmentcode) TRT_CELLSWHERE  CH_CELLS.ua_ch_treatmentcode(+) = TRT_CELLS.ua_tr_treatmentcode;----------------------------------------------------------| Id  | Operation                     | Name | Cost (%CPU)----------------------------------------------------------|   0 | INSERT STATEMENT              |      |   274K(100)|   1 |  LOAD TABLE CONVENTIONAL      |      |            |*  2 |   HASH JOIN OUTER             |      |   274K  (1)|   3 |    VIEW                       |      |  6660   (1)|   4 |     SORT UNIQUE               |      |  6660   (1)|*  5 |      HASH JOIN                |      |  6659   (1)|   6 |       TABLE ACCESS FULL       | DL   |  1644   (1)|   7 |       TABLE ACCESS FULL       | T    |  2744   (1)|   8 |    VIEW                       |      |   267K  (1)|   9 |     SORT UNIQUE               |      |   267K  (1)|* 10 |      HASH JOIN                |      |   267K  (1)|  11 |       PARTITION RANGE ITERATOR|      |   266K  (1)|* 12 |        TABLE ACCESS FULL      | CH   |   266K  (1)|  13 |       TABLE ACCESS FULL       | DL   |  1644   (1)----------------------------------------------------------Query Block Name / Object Alias (identified by operation id):-------------------------------------------------------------   1 - SEL$1   3 - SEL$3 / TRT_CELLS@SEL$1   4 - SEL$3   6 - SEL$3 / DL@SEL$3   7 - SEL$3 / T@SEL$3   8 - SEL$2 / CH_CELLS@SEL$1   9 - SEL$2  12 - SEL$2 / CH@SEL$2  13 - SEL$2 / DL@SEL$2Predicate Information (identified by operation id):---------------------------------------------------   2 - access("CH_CELLS"."UA_CH_TREATMENTCODE"="TRT_CELLS"."UA_TR_TREATMENTCODE")   5 - access("T"."TREATMENTCODE"="DL"."TREATMENTCODE")  10 - access("CH"."TREATMENTCODE"="DL"."TREATMENTCODE")  12 - filter("CH"."CONTACTDATETIME">SYSDATE@!-5)Outline Data-------------  /*+      BEGIN_OUTLINE_DATA      IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS      OPTIMIZER_FEATURES_ENABLE('11.2.0.3')      DB_VERSION('11.2.0.3')      ALL_ROWS      OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$2")      OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$3")      OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$1")      OUTLINE_LEAF(@"INS$1")      FULL(@"INS$1" "CC"@"INS$1")      NO_ACCESS(@"SEL$1" "TRT_CELLS"@"SEL$1")      NO_ACCESS(@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")      LEADING(@"SEL$1" "TRT_CELLS"@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")      USE_HASH(@"SEL$1" "CH_CELLS"@"SEL$1")      FULL(@"SEL$2" "CH"@"SEL$2")      FULL(@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")      LEADING(@"SEL$2" "CH"@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")      USE_HASH(@"SEL$2" "DL"@"SEL$2")      USE_HASH_AGGREGATION(@"SEL$2")      FULL(@"SEL$3" "DL"@"SEL$3")      FULL(@"SEL$3" "T"@"SEL$3")      LEADING(@"SEL$3" "DL"@"SEL$3" "T"@"SEL$3")      USE_HASH(@"SEL$3" "T"@"SEL$3")      USE_HASH_AGGREGATION(@"SEL$3")      END_OUTLINE_DATA  */ There is no DISTINCT Placement view and no hint.The 10053 trace shows a new legend "DP: Bypassed: Not SELECT"implying that this is a transformation that it is possible only for SELECTs. GBP/DP: Checking validity of GBP/DP for query block SEL$3 (#4) DP: Checking validity of distinct placement for query block SEL$3 (#4) DP: Bypassed: Not SELECT. GBP/DP: Checking validity of GBP/DP for query block SEL$2 (#3) DP: Checking validity of distinct placement for query block SEL$2 (#3) DP: Bypassed: Not SELECT. In 12.1 (and hopefully in 11.2.0.4 when released) the restriction on applying CBQT to some DMLs and DDLs (like CTAS) is lifted.This is documented in BugTag Note:10013899.8 Allow CBQT for some DML / DDLAnd interestingly enough, it is possible to have a one-off patch in 11.2.0.3. SQL> select DESCRIPTION,OPTIMIZER_FEATURE_ENABLE,IS_DEFAULT     2  from v$system_fix_control where BUGNO='10013899'; DESCRIPTION ---------------------------------------------------------------- OPTIMIZER_FEATURE_ENABLE  IS_DEFAULT ------------------------- ---------- enable some transformations for DDL and DML statements 11.2.0.4                           1

    Read the article

  • ?12c database ????Adaptive Execution Plans ????????

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    12c R1 ????SQL??????- Adaptive Execution Plans ????????,???????optimizer ??????(runtime)???????????????, ????????????????????? SQL???????? ????????????, ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????adaptive plan ????????????????????????????????????,?????subplan???????????????????? ??????, ???????? ???????????????,?????????, ?????? ???????????????”???”????, ???????????????????buffer ???????  ????????????,?????,??????????????????? ???optimizer ?????????????????????????,?????????????????????????????????????????plan???? ??12C?????????????, ???????????????????,?????? ???????????? ????????????2???: Dynamic Plans????: ???????????????????????;??????,???optimizer??????????subplans??????????????, ???????????????????,?????????????? Reoptimization????: ?Dynamic Plans????,Reoptimization??????????????????????Reoptimization??,?????????????????????????,??reoptimization????? OPTIMIZER_ADAPTIVE_REPORTING_ONLY ???? report-only????????????????TRUE,?????????report-only????,???????????????,??????????????? Dynamic Plans ??????????????,????????????????????????, ?????????????,???????????,????????????????????????????????????????? ?????????????final plan??????????????default plan, ??final plan?default plan???????,????????????? subplan ???????????????,???????????????????????? ??????,???????statistics collector ?buffer???????????statistics collector?????????????????,???????????????????????????? ?????????????????????????????????????????,??????????,?????????????? ???????????,???????buffer???? ???????????????,?????????????????????????????,??????buffer,??????final plan? ????????,???????????????????????,????????????????? ?V$SQL??????IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN??????????final plan???default plan? ??????dynamic plan ???????SQL PLAN directives?????? declare cursor PLAN_DIRECTIVE_IDS is select directive_id from DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES; begin for z in PLAN_DIRECTIVE_IDS loop DBMS_SPD.DROP_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE(z.directive_id); end loop; end; / explain plan for select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id; select * from table(dbms_xplan.display()); Plan hash value: 1255158658 www.askmaclean.com ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Rows | Bytes | Cost (%CPU)| Time | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 4 | 128 | 7 (0)| 00:00:01 | | 1 | NESTED LOOPS | | | | | | | 2 | NESTED LOOPS | | 4 | 128 | 7 (0)| 00:00:01 | |* 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | ORDER_ITEMS | 4 | 48 | 3 (0)| 00:00:01 | |* 4 | INDEX UNIQUE SCAN | PRODUCT_INFORMATION_PK | 1 | | 0 (0)| 00:00:01 | | 5 | TABLE ACCESS BY INDEX ROWID| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 (0)| 00:00:01 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 3 - filter("O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "QUANTITY">1) 4 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") alter session set events '10053 trace name context forever,level 1'; OR alter session set events 'trace[SQL_Plan_Directive] disk highest'; select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id; ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ | Id | Operation | Name | Rows | Bytes | Cost | Time | ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | | | 7 | | | 1 | HASH JOIN | | 4 | 128 | 7 | 00:00:01 | | 2 | NESTED LOOPS | | | | | | | 3 | NESTED LOOPS | | 4 | 128 | 7 | 00:00:01 | | 4 | STATISTICS COLLECTOR | | | | | | | 5 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | ORDER_ITEMS | 4 | 48 | 3 | 00:00:01 | | 6 | INDEX UNIQUE SCAN | PRODUCT_INFORMATION_PK| 1 | | 0 | | | 7 | TABLE ACCESS BY INDEX ROWID | PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 | 00:00:01 | | 8 | TABLE ACCESS FULL | PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 20 | 1 | 00:00:01 | ---------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------+ Predicate Information: ---------------------- 1 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") 5 - filter(("O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "QUANTITY">1)) 6 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") ===================================== SPD: BEGIN context at statement level ===================================== Stmt: ******* UNPARSED QUERY IS ******* SELECT /*+ OPT_ESTIMATE (@"SEL$1" JOIN ("P"@"SEL$1" "O"@"SEL$1") ROWS=13.000000 ) OPT_ESTIMATE (@"SEL$1" TABLE "O"@"SEL$1" ROWS=13.000000 ) */ "P"."PRODUCT_NAME" "PRODUCT_NAME" FROM "OE"."ORDER_ITEMS" "O","OE"."PRODUCT_INFORMATION" "P" WHERE "O"."UNIT_PRICE"=15 AND "O"."QUANTITY">1 AND "P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID" Objects referenced in the statement PRODUCT_INFORMATION[P] 92194, type = 1 ORDER_ITEMS[O] 92197, type = 1 Objects in the hash table Hash table Object 92197, type = 1, ownerid = 6573730143572393221: No Dynamic Sampling Directives for the object Hash table Object 92194, type = 1, ownerid = 17822962561575639002: No Dynamic Sampling Directives for the object Return code in qosdInitDirCtx: ENBLD =================================== SPD: END context at statement level =================================== ======================================= SPD: BEGIN context at query block level ======================================= Query Block SEL$1 (#0) Return code in qosdSetupDirCtx4QB: NOCTX ===================================== SPD: END context at query block level ===================================== SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = TABLE SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 6, colvec = [4, 5, ], fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Inserted felem, fid=2896834833840853267, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = YES, keep = YES SPD: qosdCreateFindingSingTab retCode = CREATED, fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: qosdCreateDirCmp retCode = CREATED, fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = TABLE SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = JOIN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SKIP_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = JOIN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_SCAN SPD: Return code in qosdDSDirSetup: NOCTX, estType = INDEX_FILTER SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 6, colvec = [4, 5, ], fid = 2896834833840853267 SPD: Modified felem, fid=2896834833840853267, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = YES, keep = YES SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 2, colvec = [1, ], fid = 5618517328604016300 SPD: Modified felem, fid=5618517328604016300, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 1, objcnt = 1, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 2, colvec = [1, ], fid = 1142802697078608149 SPD: Modified felem, fid=1142802697078608149, ftype = 1, freason = 1, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO SPD: Generating finding id: type = 1, reason = 2, objcnt = 2, obItr = 0, objid = 92194, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 0, obItr = 1, objid = 92197, objtyp = 1, vecsize = 0, fid = 1437680122701058051 SPD: Modified felem, fid=1437680122701058051, ftype = 1, freason = 2, dtype = 0, dstate = 0, dflag = 0, ver = NO, keep = NO select * from table(dbms_xplan.display_cursor(format=>'report')) ; ????report????adaptive plan Adaptive plan: ------------- This cursor has an adaptive plan, but adaptive plans are enabled for reporting mode only.  The plan that would be executed if adaptive plans were enabled is displayed below. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | Id  | Operation          | Name                | Rows  | Bytes | Cost (%CPU)| Time     | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT   |                     |       |       |     7 (100)|          | |*  1 |  HASH JOIN         |                     |     4 |   128 |     7   (0)| 00:00:01 | |*  2 |   TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS         |     4 |    48 |     3   (0)| 00:00:01 | |   3 |   TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION |     1 |    20 |     1   (0)| 00:00:01 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SQL> select SQL_ID,IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN,sql_text from v$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT like '%MALCEAN%' and sql_text not like '%like%'; SQL_ID IS -------------------------- -- SQL_TEXT -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6ydj1bn1bng17 Y select /*MALCEAN*/ product_name from oe.order_items o, oe.product_information p where o.unit_price=15 and quantity>1 and p.product_id=o.product_id ???? explain plan for ????default plan, ??????optimizer???final plan,??V$SQL.IS_RESOLVED_DYNAMIC_PLAN???Y,????????????? DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES?????????????SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES, ???12c? ???MMON?????DML ???column usage??????????,????SMON??? MMON????SGA??PLAN DIRECTIVES??? ?????DBMS_SPD.flush_sql_plan_directive???? select directive_id,type,reason from DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES / DIRECTIVE_ID TYPE REASON ----------------------------------- -------------------------------- ----------------------------- 10321283028317893030 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 4757086536465754886 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 16085268038103121260 DYNAMIC_SAMPLING JOIN CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE SQL> set pages 9999 SQL> set lines 300 SQL> col state format a5 SQL> col subobject_name format a11 SQL> col col_name format a11 SQL> col object_name format a13 SQL> select d.directive_id, o.object_type, o.object_name, o.subobject_name col_name, d.type, d.state, d.reason 2 from dba_sql_plan_directives d, dba_sql_plan_dir_objects o 3 where d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID 4 and o.object_name in ('ORDER_ITEMS') 5 order by d.directive_id; DIRECTIVE_ID OBJECT_TYPE OBJECT_NAME COL_NAME TYPE STATE REASON ------------ ------------ ------------- ----------- -------------------------------- ----- ------------------------------------- --- 1.8156E+19 COLUMN ORDER_ITEMS UNIT_PRICE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1.8156E+19 TABLE ORDER_ITEMS DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1.8156E+19 COLUMN ORDER_ITEMS QUANTITY DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES????? _BASE_OPT_DIRECTIVE ? _BASE_OPT_FINDING SELECT d.dir_own#, d.dir_id, d.f_id, decode(type, 1, 'DYNAMIC_SAMPLING', 'UNKNOWN'), decode(state, 1, 'NEW', 2, 'MISSING_STATS', 3, 'HAS_STATS', 4, 'CANDIDATE', 5, 'PERMANENT', 6, 'DISABLED', 'UNKNOWN'), decode(bitand(flags, 1), 1, 'YES', 'NO'), cast(d.created as timestamp), cast(d.last_modified as timestamp), -- Please see QOSD_DAYS_TO_UPDATE and QOSD_PLUS_SECONDS for more details -- about 6.5 cast(d.last_used as timestamp) - NUMTODSINTERVAL(6.5, 'day') FROM sys.opt_directive$ d ??dbms_spd??? SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES, SQL PLAN DIRECTIVES???retention ???53?: Package: DBMS_SPD This package provides subprograms for managing Sql Plan Directives(SPD). SPD are objects generated automatically by Oracle server. For example, if server detects that the single table cardinality estimated by optimizer is off from the actual number of rows returned when accessing the table, it will automatically create a directive to do dynamic sampling for the table. When any Sql statement referencing the table is compiled, optimizer will perform dynamic sampling for the table to get more accurate estimate. Notes: DBMSL_SPD is a invoker-rights package. The invoker requires ADMINISTER SQL MANAGEMENT OBJECT privilege for executing most of the subprograms of this package. Also the subprograms commit the current transaction (if any), perform the operation and commit it again. DBA view dba_sql_plan_directives shows all the directives created in the system and the view dba_sql_plan_dir_objects displays the objects that are included in the directives. -- Default value for SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS_DEFAULT CONSTANT varchar2(4) := '53'; | STATE : NEW : Newly created directive. | : MISSING_STATS : The directive objects do not | have relevant stats. | : HAS_STATS : The objects have stats. | : PERMANENT : A permanent directive. Server | evaluated effectiveness and these | directives are useful. | | AUTO_DROP : YES : Directive will be dropped | automatically if not | used for SPD_RETENTION_WEEKS. | This is the default behavior. | NO : Directive will not be dropped | automatically. Procedure: flush_sql_plan_directive This procedure allows manually flushing the Sql Plan directives that are automatically recorded in SGA memory while executing sql statements. The information recorded in SGA are periodically flushed by oracle background processes. This procedure just provides a way to flush the information manually. ????”_optimizer_dynamic_plans”(enable dynamic plans)????????,???TRUE??DYNAMIC PLAN? ???FALSE???????????? ????,Dynamic Plan????????????Nested Loop?Hash Join???case ,????????Nested loop???????????HASH JOIN,?HASH JOIN????????????????? ????????subplan?????,???? pass?? ?join method???,?????STATISTICS COLLECTOR???cardinality?,???????HASH JOIN?????Nested Loop,????????????subplan?????access path; ???????Sales??????????????????,????HASH JOIN,??SUBPLAN??customers?????????;?????Nested Loop,???????cust_id?????Range Scan+Access by Rowid? Cardinality feedback Cardinality feedback????????11.2????,????????re-optimization???;  ???????????,Cardinality feedback?????????????????????????? ???????????????????,?????????????????,??????????Cardinality feedback????????????? ????????????????????????? ??????????????Cardinality feedback ??: ????????,???????????,??????????,????????????????selectivity ??? ????????????: ??????,?????????????????????????????????,??????????????????? ????????????????????????????????????????,?????????????????????????? ?????????,???????????????,?????????? ??????????Cardinality ????,??????join Cardinality ????????? Cardinality feedback???????cursor?,?Cursor???aged out????? SELECT /*+ gather_plan_statistics */ product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p WHERE o.unit_price = 15 AND quantity > 1 AND p.product_id = o.product_id Plan hash value: 1553478007 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | Reads | OMem | 1Mem | Used-Mem | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 20 | | | | |* 1 | HASH JOIN | | 1 | 4 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 20 | 2061K| 2061K| 429K (0)| |* 2 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS | 1 | 4 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 7 | 6 | | | | | 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 1 | 288 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | | | | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ gather_plan_statistics */ product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p WHERE o.unit_price = 15 AND quantity > 1 AND p.product_id = o.product_id Plan hash value: 1553478007 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | OMem | 1Mem | Used-Mem | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | | | | |* 1 | HASH JOIN | | 1 | 13 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 24 | 2061K| 2061K| 413K (0)| |* 2 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| ORDER_ITEMS | 1 | 13 | 13 |00:00:00.01 | 7 | | | | | 3 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| PRODUCT_INFORMATION | 1 | 288 | 288 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | | | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note ----- - statistics feedback used for this statement SQL> select count(*) from v$SQL where SQL_ID='cz0hg2zkvd10y'; COUNT(*) ---------- 2 SQL>select sql_ID,USE_FEEDBACK_STATS FROM V$SQL_SHARED_CURSOR where USE_FEEDBACK_STATS ='Y'; SQL_ID U ------------- - cz0hg2zkvd10y Y ????????Cardinality feedback????,???????????????????????????,????????????order_items???????? ????2??????plan hash value??(??????????),?????2????child cursor??????gather_plan_statistics???actual : A-ROWS  estimate :E-ROWS????????? Automatic Re-optimization ???dynamic plan, Re-optimization???????????????  ?  ??????????????? ????????????????????????????????  ???????????,??????????????, ???????????????????? ???????????  Re-optimization??, ????????????????????? Re-optimization????dynamic plan??????????  dynamic plan????????????????????, ???????????????????? ????,??????????join order ??????????????,?????????????join order????? ??????,????????Re-optimization, ??Re-optimization ??????????????????? ?Oracle database 12c?,join statistics?????????????????????,??????????????????????Re-optimization???????????adaptive cursor sharing????? ????????????????,???????????? ????? ???????statistics collectors ????????????????????Re-optimization??????2?????????????,???????????????? ??????????????Re-optimization?????,?????????????????????? ???v$SQL??????IS_REOPTIMIZABLE?????????????????????Re-optimization,??????????Re-optimization???,?????Re-optimization ,???????reporting????? IS_REOPTIMIZABLE VARCHAR2(1) This columns shows whether the next execution matching this child cursor will trigger a reoptimization. The values are:   Y: If the next execution will trigger a reoptimization R: If the child cursor contains reoptimization information, but will not trigger reoptimization because the cursor was compiled in reporting mode N: If the child cursor has no reoptimization information ??1: select plan_table_output from table (dbms_xplan.display_cursor('gwf99gfnm0t7g',NULL,'ALLSTATS LAST')); SQL_ID  gwf99gfnm0t7g, child number 0 ------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ SFTEST gather_plan_statistics */ o.order_id, v.product_name FROM  orders o,   ( SELECT order_id, product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p     WHERE  p.product_id = o.product_id AND list_price < 50 AND min_price < 40  ) v WHERE o.order_id = v.order_id Plan hash value: 1906736282 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id  | Operation             | Name                | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows |   A-Time   | Buffers | Reads  |  OMem |  1Mem | Used-Mem | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT      |                     |      1 |        |    269 |00:00:00.02 |    1336 |     18 |       |       |          | |   1 |  NESTED LOOPS         |                     |      1 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.02 |    1336 |     18 |       |       |          | |   2 |   MERGE JOIN CARTESIAN|                     |      1 |      4 |   9135 |00:00:00.02 |      34 |     15 |       |       |          | |*  3 |    TABLE ACCESS FULL  | PRODUCT_INFORMATION |      1 |      1 |     87 |00:00:00.01 |      33 |     14 |       |       |          | |   4 |    BUFFER SORT        |                     |     87 |    105 |   9135 |00:00:00.01 |       1 |      1 |  4096 |  4096 | 4096  (0)| |   5 |     INDEX FULL SCAN   | ORDER_PK            |      1 |    105 |    105 |00:00:00.01 |       1 |      1 |       |       |          | |*  6 |   INDEX UNIQUE SCAN   | ORDER_ITEMS_UK      |   9135 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |    1302 |      3 |       |       |          | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): ---------------------------------------------------    3 - filter(("MIN_PRICE"<40 AND "LIST_PRICE"<50))    6 - access("O"."ORDER_ID"="ORDER_ID" AND "P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID") SQL_ID  gwf99gfnm0t7g, child number 1 ------------------------------------- SELECT /*+ SFTEST gather_plan_statistics */ o.order_id, v.product_name FROM  orders o,   ( SELECT order_id, product_name FROM order_items o, product_information p     WHERE  p.product_id = o.product_id AND list_price < 50 AND min_price < 40  ) v WHERE o.order_id = v.order_id Plan hash value: 35479787 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id  | Operation              | Name                | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows |   A-Time   | Buffers | Reads  |  OMem |  1Mem | Used-Mem | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |   0 | SELECT STATEMENT       |                     |      1 |        |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      63 |      3 |       |       |          | |   1 |  NESTED LOOPS          |                     |      1 |    269 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      63 |      3 |       |       |          | |*  2 |   HASH JOIN            |                     |      1 |    313 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      42 |      3 |  1321K|  1321K| 1234K (0)| |*  3 |    TABLE ACCESS FULL   | PRODUCT_INFORMATION |      1 |     87 |     87 |00:00:00.01 |      16 |      0 |       |       |          | |   4 |    INDEX FAST FULL SCAN| ORDER_ITEMS_UK      |      1 |    665 |    665 |00:00:00.01 |      26 |      3 |       |       |          | |*  5 |   INDEX UNIQUE SCAN    | ORDER_PK            |    269 |      1 |    269 |00:00:00.01 |      21 |      0 |       |       |          | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): ---------------------------------------------------    2 - access("P"."PRODUCT_ID"="O"."PRODUCT_ID")    3 - filter(("MIN_PRICE"<40 AND "LIST_PRICE"<50))    5 - access("O"."ORDER_ID"="ORDER_ID") Note -----    - statistics feedback used for this statement    SQL> select IS_REOPTIMIZABLE,child_number FROM V$SQL  A where A.SQL_ID='gwf99gfnm0t7g'; IS CHILD_NUMBER -- ------------ Y             0 N             1    1* select child_number,other_xml From v$SQL_PLAN  where SQL_ID='gwf99gfnm0t7g' and other_xml is not nul SQL> / CHILD_NUMBER OTHER_XML ------------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------            1 <other_xml><info type="cardinality_feedback">yes</info><info type="db_version">1              2.1.0.1</info><info type="parse_schema"><![CDATA["OE"]]></info><info type="plan_              hash">35479787</info><info type="plan_hash_2">3382491761</info><outline_data><hi              nt><![CDATA[IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OPTIMIZER_FEATUR              ES_ENABLE('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[DB_VERSION('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><h              int><![CDATA[ALL_ROWS]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$F5BB74E1")]]></              hint><hint><![CDATA[MERGE(@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$1")]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[FULL(@"SEL$F5BB7              4E1" "P"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[INDEX_FFS(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2"              ("ORDER_ITEMS"."ORDER_ID" "ORDER_ITEMS"."PRODUCT_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[I              NDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1" ("ORDERS"."ORDER_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[              LEADING(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![C              DATA[USE_HASH(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_NL(@"SEL$              F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1")]]></hint></outline_data></other_xml>            0 <other_xml><info type="db_version">12.1.0.1</info><info type="parse_schema"><![C              DATA["OE"]]></info><info type="plan_hash">1906736282</info><info type="plan_hash              _2">2579473118</info><outline_data><hint><![CDATA[IGNORE_OPTIM_EMBEDDED_HINTS]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[OPTIMIZER_FEATURES_ENABLE('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CD              ATA[DB_VERSION('12.1.0.1')]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[ALL_ROWS]]></hint><hint><![CD              ATA[OUTLINE_LEAF(@"SEL$F5BB74E1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[MERGE(@"SEL$2")]]></hi              nt><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[OUTLINE(@"SEL$2")]]>              </hint><hint><![CDATA[FULL(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[              INDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$1" ("ORDERS"."ORDER_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA              [INDEX(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2" ("ORDER_ITEMS"."ORDER_ID" "ORDER_ITEMS"."PROD              UCT_ID"))]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[LEADING(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "P"@"SEL$2" "O"@"SEL$1              " "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_MERGE_CARTESIAN(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"              SEL$1")]]></hint><hint><![CDATA[USE_NL(@"SEL$F5BB74E1" "O"@"SEL$2")]]></hint></o              utline_data></other_xml> ??2: SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * FROM customers WHERE cust_state_province='CA' AND country_id='US'; SELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID b74nw722wjvy3, child number 0 ------------------------------------- select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * from customers where CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='CA' and country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | Reads | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | |* 1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 8 | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | 14 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='CA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) SELECT SQL_ID, CHILD_NUMBER, SQL_TEXT, IS_REOPTIMIZABLE FROM V$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT LIKE 'SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/%'; SQL_ID CHILD_NUMBER SQL_TEXT I ------------- ------------ ----------- - b74nw722wjvy3 0 select /*+g Y ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' EXEC DBMS_SPD.FLUSH_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE; SELECT TO_CHAR(d.DIRECTIVE_ID) dir_id, o.OWNER, o.OBJECT_NAME, o.SUBOBJECT_NAME col_name, o.OBJECT_TYPE, d.TYPE, d.STATE, d.REASON FROM DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES d, DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIR_OBJECTS o WHERE d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID AND o.OWNER IN ('SH') ORDER BY 1,2,3,4,5; DIR_ID OWNER OBJECT_NAME COL_NAME OBJECT TYPE STATE REASON ----------------------- ----- ------------- ----------- ------ ---------------- ----- ------------------------ 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS COUNTRY_ID COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS CUST_STATE_ COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY PROVINCE MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS TABLE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING NEW SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * FROM customers WHERE cust_state_province='CA' AND country_id='US'; ELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID b74nw722wjvy3, child number 1 ------------------------------------- select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ * from customers where CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='CA' and country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | Id | Operation | Name | Starts | E-Rows | A-Rows | A-Time | Buffers | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | |* 1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 29 | 29 |00:00:00.01 | 17 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='CA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) Note ----- - cardinality feedback used for this statement SELECT SQL_ID, CHILD_NUMBER, SQL_TEXT, IS_REOPTIMIZABLE FROM V$SQL WHERE SQL_TEXT LIKE 'SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/%'; SQL_ID CHILD_NUMBER SQL_TEXT I ------------- ------------ ----------- - b74nw722wjvy3 0 select /*+g Y ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' b74nw722wjvy3 1 select /*+g N ather_plan_ statistics* / * from cu stomers whe re CUST_STA TE_PROVINCE ='CA' and c ountry_id=' US' SELECT /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ CUST_EMAIL FROM CUSTOMERS WHERE CUST_STATE_PROVINCE='MA' AND COUNTRY_ID='US'; SELECT * FROM TABLE(DBMS_XPLAN.DISPLAY_CURSOR(FORMAT=>'ALLSTATS LAST')); PLAN_TABLE_OUTPUT ------------------------------------- SQL_ID 3tk6hj3nkcs2u, child number 0 ------------------------------------- Select /*+gather_plan_statistics*/ cust_email From customers Where cust_state_province='MA' And country_id='US' Plan hash value: 1683234692 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |Id | Operation | Name | Starts|E-Rows|A-Rows| A-Time |Buffers| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 0 | SELECT STATEMENT | | 1 | | 2 |00:00:00.01| 16 | |*1 | TABLE ACCESS FULL| CUSTOMERS | 1 | 2| 2 |00:00:00.01| 16 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Predicate Information (identified by operation id): --------------------------------------------------- 1 - filter(("CUST_STATE_PROVINCE"='MA' AND "COUNTRY_ID"='US')) Note ----- - dynamic sampling used for this statement (level=2) - 1 Sql Plan Directive used for this statement EXEC DBMS_SPD.FLUSH_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVE; SELECT TO_CHAR(d.DIRECTIVE_ID) dir_id, o.OWNER, o.OBJECT_NAME, o.SUBOBJECT_NAME col_name, o.OBJECT_TYPE, d.TYPE, d.STATE, d.REASON FROM DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIRECTIVES d, DBA_SQL_PLAN_DIR_OBJECTS o WHERE d.DIRECTIVE_ID=o.DIRECTIVE_ID AND o.OWNER IN ('SH') ORDER BY 1,2,3,4,5; DIR_ID OW OBJECT_NA COL_NAME OBJECT TYPE STATE REASON ------------------- -- --------- ---------- ------- --------------- ------------- ------------------------ 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS COUNTRY_ID COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS CUST_STATE_ COLUMN DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY PROVINCE MISESTIMATE 1484026771529551585 SH CUSTOMERS TABLE DYNAMIC_SAMPLING MISSING_STATS SINGLE TABLE CARDINALITY MISESTIMATE

    Read the article

  • .htaccess not working (mod_rewrite)

    - by Mike Curry
    Edit: I am pretty sure my .htaccess file is NOT being executed, and the problem is NOT with my rewrite rules. I have not having any luck getting my .htaccess with mod_rewrite working. Basically all I am trying to do is remove 'www' from "http://www.site.com" and "https://www.site.com". If there is anything I am missing (conf files, etc let me know I willl update this) I jsut can't see whats wrong here... I am using a 1&1 VPS III Virtual private server... anyone ever have this issue? I am using Ubuntu 8.04 Server LTS. Here is my .htaccess file (located @ /var/www/site/trunk/html/) Options +FollowSymLinks RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www\.(.*) [NC] RewriteRule (.*) //%1/$1 [L,R=301] My mod_rewrite is enabled: The auto regenerated sym link is there in mods-available and /usr/lib/apache2/modules/ contains mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/etc/apache2/mods-available# more rewrite.load LoadModule rewrite_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_rewrite.so root@s15348441:/var/log# apache2ctl -t -D DUMP_MODULES Loaded Modules: core_module (static) log_config_module (static) logio_module (static) mpm_prefork_module (static) http_module (static) so_module (static) alias_module (shared) auth_basic_module (shared) authn_file_module (shared) authz_default_module (shared) authz_groupfile_module (shared) authz_host_module (shared) authz_user_module (shared) autoindex_module (shared) cgi_module (shared) dir_module (shared) env_module (shared) mime_module (shared) negotiation_module (shared) php5_module (shared) rewrite_module (shared) setenvif_module (shared) ssl_module (shared) status_module (shared) Syntax OK My apache config files: apache2.conf # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "/var/log/apache2/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "" will be interpreted by the # server as "//var/log/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.1/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # #<IfModule !mpm_winnt.c> #<IfModule !mpm_netware.c> LockFile /var/lock/apache2/accept.lock #</IfModule> #</IfModule> # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 15 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.load Include /etc/apache2/mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include /etc/apache2/ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # # ServerTokens # This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response # Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type # and compiled in modules. # Set to one of: Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod # where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. # ServerTokens Full # # Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host # name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory # listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated # documents or custom error documents). # Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. # Set to one of: On | Off | EMail # ServerSignature On # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /usr/share/apache2/error/include/ files and copying them to /your/include/path/, # even on a per-VirtualHost basis. The default include files will display # your Apache version number and your ServerAdmin email address regardless # of the setting of ServerSignature. # # The internationalized error documents require mod_alias, mod_include # and mod_negotiation. To activate them, uncomment the following 30 lines. # Alias /error/ "/usr/share/apache2/error/" # # <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/error"> # AllowOverride None # Options IncludesNoExec # AddOutputFilter Includes html # AddHandler type-map var # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # LanguagePriority en cs de es fr it nl sv pt-br ro # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # </Directory> # # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include /etc/apache2/conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/ My default config file for www on apache NameVirtualHost *:80 <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My ssl config file NameVirtualHost *:443 <VirtualHost *:443> ServerAdmin [email protected] #SSLEnable #SSLVerifyClient none #SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt #SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key DocumentRoot /var/www/site/trunk/html <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all </Directory> <Directory /var/www/site/trunk/html> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride all Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog /var/log/apache2/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn SSLEngine On SSLCertificateFile /usr/local/ssl/crt/public.crt SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/ssl/private/private.key CustomLog /var/log/apache2/access.log combined ServerSignature On Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> My /etc/apache2/httpd.conf is blank The directory /etc/apache2/conf.d has nothing in it but one file (charset) contents of /etc/apache2/conf.dcharset # Read the documentation before enabling AddDefaultCharset. # In general, it is only a good idea if you know that all your files # have this encoding. It will override any encoding given in the files # in meta http-equiv or xml encoding tags. #AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 My apache error.log [Wed Jun 03 00:12:31 2009] [error] [client 216.168.43.234] client sent HTTP/1.1 request without hostname (see RFC2616 section 14.23): /w00tw00t.at.ISC.SANS.DFind:) [Wed Jun 03 05:03:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:03:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:48 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:13:57 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:17:28 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 05:26:23 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 05:26:34 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:03:41 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:03:51 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 06:25:07 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 06:25:17 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 12:09:25 2009] [error] [client 61.139.105.163] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/fastenv [Wed Jun 03 15:04:42 2009] [notice] Graceful restart requested, doing restart [Wed Jun 03 15:04:43 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations [Wed Jun 03 15:29:51 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:29:54 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:30:32 2009] [error] [client 99.247.237.46] File does not exist: /var/www/site/trunk/html/favicon.ico [Wed Jun 03 15:45:54 2009] [notice] caught SIGWINCH, shutting down gracefully [Wed Jun 03 15:46:05 2009] [notice] Apache/2.2.8 (Ubuntu) PHP/5.2.4-2ubuntu5.6 with Suhosin-Patch mod_ssl/2.2.8 OpenSSL/0.9.8g configured -- resuming normal operations

    Read the article

  • Decompiling a *.DLL to assembly for .net in delphi 4

    - by Lex Dean
    I love my Delphi 4 but at the same time I see the need to talk to windows .net This is a recompiled dll that I found on sourceforge.net/projects/delphinet/ (DelphiNet03.zip) by some nice people that fund the dll from some were. The real answer is to make this dll so that fits into Delphi as true Delphi code, and not a dll clip on. So we can make objects that use dot net in Delphi. Because I’m not an assembly freak, I’m freaking out a little with a wee sweek for help! 1/ How do I link the asm code with the data info at the bottom of this code. Can some one show me which calls to look for to make this link to data. 2/ I need to find the beginning of all the procedures and functions, but I cannot find a ‘RET’ statement. And what line is the beginning statement in this code. 3/ How do I identify were the jump statements go to, put them into Delphi format In this code it looks I can do:- jle 402890h \1000:00402854 7e3a add [eax], al \1000:00402856 0000 …………………………………………….. or ch, [edi+3eh] \1000:0040288d 0a6f3e xrefs first: 1000:00402854 number : 1 \; add [eax], al \1000:00402890 0000 //******************************* jle @@21 \\1000:00402854 7e3a add [eax], al \\1000:00402856 0000 …………………………………………….. or ch, [edi+3eh] \1000:0040288d 0a6f3e xrefs first: 1000:00402854 number : 1 \; @@21 add [eax], al \1000:00402890 0000 Is that a correct conversion. I think a xrefs first: 1000:004021d1 number : 1 is the best to follow 4/ I need a good reference on 8086 up assembly code that I can print out and get to learn properly. I found this asm decomplier of http://www.cronos.cc/ that is so similar to Delphi that it only needs a little more convertion to get it into Delphi asm I think. It’s only taken me 3 hours to get the file into TMemo and to write a few lines to chop the line over in a stream and reload the memo. Help please Email: [email protected] xrefs first: 1000:004041ae number : 1 \\; dd 4190h \\1000:00402000 90410000 dd 00h \\1000:00402004 00000000 dec eax \\1000:00402008 48 add [eax], al \\1000:00402009 0000 add [edx], al \\1000:0040200b 0002 add [eax], al \\1000:0040200d 0000 add [eax-2bffffd2h], al \\1000:0040200f 00802e0000d4 adc al, [eax] \\1000:00402015 1200 add [ecx], al \\1000:00402017 0001 add [eax], al \\1000:00402019 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040201b 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040201d 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040201f 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402021 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402023 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402025 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402027 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402029 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040202b 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040202d 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040202f 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402031 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402033 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402035 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402037 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402039 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040203b 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040203d 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040203f 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402041 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402043 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402045 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402047 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:00402049 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040204b 0000 add [eax], al \\1000:0040204d 0000 add [ebx], dl \\1000:0040204f 0013 xor [eax+eax], al \\1000:00402051 300400 or al, [ecx] \\1000:00402054 0a01 add [eax], al \\1000:00402056 0000 add [eax], eax \\1000:00402058 0100 add [ecx], dl \\1000:0040205a 0011 push cs \\1000:0040205c 0e add al, 50h \\1000:0040205d 0450 mov gs, [ecx+05h] \\1000:0040205f 8e6905 push eax \\1000:00402062 50 mov gs, [ecx+2eh] \\1000:00402063 8e692e add eax, f938h \\1000:00402066 0538f90000 add [ebx], al \\1000:0040206b 0003 jc 402070h \\1000:0040206d 7201 add [eax], al \\1000:0040206f 0000 jo 40209bh \\1000:00402071 7028 add al, [eax] \\1000:00402073 0200 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402075 000a sub eax, 36f0408h \\1000:00402077 2d08046f03 add [eax], al \\1000:0040207c 0000 or ch, [ebx] \\1000:0040207e 0a2b push es \\1000:00402080 06 add al, 6fh \\1000:00402081 046f add al, 00h \\1000:00402083 0400 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402085 000a adc eax, [edi] \\1000:00402087 1307 push ss \\1000:00402089 16 adc ecx, [eax] \\1000:0040208a 1308 cmp cl, cl \\1000:0040208c 38c9 add [eax], al \\1000:0040208e 0000 add [ecx], dl \\1000:00402090 0011 pop es \\1000:00402092 07 adc [eax], ecx \\1000:00402093 1108 callf 056f:060a9a08h \\1000:00402095 9a0a066f05 add [eax], al \\1000:0040209a 0000 or cl, [ebx] \\1000:0040209c 0a0b push es \\1000:0040209e 06 outsd \\1000:0040209f 6f push es \\1000:004020a0 06 add [eax], al \\1000:004020a1 0000 or al, [ebx] \\1000:004020a3 0a03 sub [edx], al \\1000:004020a5 2802 add [eax], al \\1000:004020a7 0000 or bh, [ecx] \\1000:004020a9 0a39 movsd \\1000:004020ab a5 add [eax], al \\1000:004020ac 0000 add [edi], al \\1000:004020ae 0007 mov gs, [ecx+0eh] \\1000:004020b0 8e690e add al, 50h \\1000:004020b3 0450 mov gs, [ecx+40h] \\1000:004020b5 8e6940 cwde \\1000:004020b8 98 add [eax], al \\1000:004020b9 0000 add [edi], dl \\1000:004020bb 0017 or al, 16h \\1000:004020bd 0c16 or eax, 9072b2bh \\1000:004020bf 0d2b2b0709 callf 0000:076f9a09h \\1000:004020c4 9a6f070000 or ch, [edi+08h] \\1000:004020c9 0a6f08 add [eax], al \\1000:004020cc 0000 or ch, [eax+ebx] \\1000:004020ce 0a2c18 push cs \\1000:004020d1 0e add al, 50h \\1000:004020d2 0450 or [edx+d72h], ebx \\1000:004020d4 099a720d0000 jo 402104h \\1000:004020da 7028 or [eax], eax \\1000:004020dc 0900 add [edx], cl \\1000:004020de 000a add dl, cs:[esi] \\1000:004020e0 2e0216 or al, 08h \\1000:004020e3 0c08 sub eax, 90c2b02h \\1000:004020e5 2d022b0c09 pop ss \\1000:004020ea 17 pop eax \\1000:004020eb 58 or eax, 50040e09h \\1000:004020ec 0d090e0450 mov gs, [ecx+32h] \\1000:004020f1 8e6932 int 08h \\1000:004020f4 cd08 sub al, 5ch \\1000:004020f6 2c5c push ss \\1000:004020f8 16 adc eax, [ebx+ebp] \\1000:004020f9 13042b dec esi \\1000:004020fc 4e push cs \\1000:004020fd 0e add al, 50h \\1000:004020fe 0450 adc [edx+ebx*4], eax \\1000:00402100 11049a jc 402112h \\1000:00402103 720d add [eax], al \\1000:00402105 0000 jo 402131h \\1000:00402107 7028 or [eax], eax \\1000:00402109 0900 add [edx], cl \\1000:0040210b 000a xor esi, [esi] \\1000:0040210d 3336 pop es \\1000:0040210f 07 adc [edx+ebx*4], eax \\1000:00402110 11049a outsd \\1000:00402113 6f pop es \\1000:00402114 07 add [eax], al \\1000:00402115 0000 or ch, [edi+0ah] \\1000:00402117 0a6f0a add [eax], al \\1000:0040211a 0000 or dl, [ebx] \\1000:0040211c 0a13 push es \\1000:0040211e 06 add eax, 9a041150h \\1000:0040211f 055011049a sub [ebx], cl \\1000:00402124 280b add [eax], al \\1000:00402126 0000 or dl, [edx] \\1000:00402128 0a12 push es \\1000:0040212a 06 adc al, [c28h] \\1000:0040212b 1205280c0000 xrefs first: 1000:00402107 number : 1 \\; or ch, [edx+eax] \\1000:00402131 0a2c02 sub ebx, [esi] \\1000:00402134 2b1e push cs \\1000:00402136 0e add al, 50h \\1000:00402137 0450 adc [edi+eax], eax \\1000:00402139 110407 adc [edx+ebx*4], eax \\1000:0040213c 11049a outsd \\1000:0040213f 6f pop es \\1000:00402140 07 add [eax], al \\1000:00402141 0000 or ah, [edx+58170411h] \\1000:00402143 0aa211041758 adc eax, [ecx+edx] \\1000:00402149 130411 add al, 0eh \\1000:0040214c 040e add al, 50h \\1000:0040214e 0450 mov gs, [ecx+32h] \\1000:00402150 8e6932 test eax, 58170811h \\1000:00402153 a911081758 adc ecx, [eax] \\1000:00402158 1308 adc [eax], ecx \\1000:0040215a 1108 adc [edi], eax \\1000:0040215c 1107 mov gs, [ecx+3fh] \\1000:0040215e 8e693f sub al, ffh \\1000:00402161 2cff db ff \\1000:00402163 ff jmp [edx] \\1000:00402164 ff2a add [eax], al \\1000:00402166 0000 adc esi, [eax] \\1000:00402168 1330 add eax, 8100h \\1000:0040216a 0500810000 add [edx], al \\1000:0040216f 0002 add [eax], al \\1000:00402171 0000 adc [edx+esi*2], eax \\1000:00402173 110472 xor eax, [eax] \\1000:00402176 3300 add [eax+28h], dh \\1000:00402178 007028 add al, [eax] \\1000:0040217b 0200 add [edx], cl \\1000:0040217d 000a sub al, 09h \\1000:0040217f 2c09 add ebp, [eax] \\1000:00402181 0328 or eax, a0a0000h \\1000:00402183 0d00000a0a sub eax, [edi] \\1000:00402188 2b07 add al, 28h \\1000:0040218a 0428 push cs \\1000:0040218c 0e add [eax], al \\1000:0040218d 0000 or cl, [edx] \\1000:0040218f 0a0a push es \\1000:00402191 06 add eax, f6f1717h \\1000:00402192 0517176f0f add [eax], al \\1000:00402197 0000 or cl, [ebx] \\1000:00402199 0a0b push ss \\1000:0040219b 16 lea eax, [edx] \\1000:0040219c 8d02 add [eax], al \\1000:0040219e 0000 add [esi+ecx], ecx \\1000:004021a0 010c0e add al, 2ch \\1000:004021a3 042c push cs \\1000:004021a5 260e add al, 8eh \\1000:004021a7 048e c160d imul edi, [eax+28dh], d160c01h \\1000:004021a9 69b88d020000010c sub edx, [eax] \\1000:004021b3 2b10 or [ecx], cl \\1000:004021b5 0809 push cs \\1000:004021b7 0e add al, 09h \\1000:004021b8 0409 callf 0000:106f9a09h \\1000:004021ba 9a6f100000 or ah, [edx+d581709h] \\1000:004021bf 0aa20917580d or [esi], ecx \\1000:004021c5 090e add al, 8eh \\1000:004021c7 048e imul esi, [edx], 17202e9h \\1000:004021c9 6932e9027201 add [eax], al \\1000:004021cf 0000 jo 4021dah \\1000:004021d1 7007 db 0f \\1000:004021d3 0f add al, 12h \\1000:004021d4 0412 add ch, [eax] \\1000:004021d6 0228 add [eax], eax \\1000:004021d8 0100 xrefs first: 1000:004021d1 number : 1 \\; add [esi], al \\1000:004021da 0006 pop es \\1000:004021dc 07 or [edi+11h], ch \\1000:004021dd 086f11 add [eax], al \\1000:004021e0 0000 or dl, [ebx] \\1000:004021e2 0a13 add al, 11h \\1000:004021e4 0411 add al, 0eh \\1000:004021e6 040e add al, 6fh \\1000:004021e8 046f adc al, [eax] \\1000:004021ea 1200 add [edx], cl \\1000:004021ec 000a adc eax, [511002bh] \\1000:004021ee 13052b001105 sub al, [eax] \\1000:004021f4 2a00 add [eax], al \\1000:004021f6 0000 adc esi, [eax] \\1000:004021f8 1330 add eax, 4e00h \\1000:004021fa 05004e0000 add [ebx], al \\1000:004021ff 0003 add [eax], al \\1000:00402201 0000 adc [ebx], eax \\1000:00402203 1103 outsd \\1000:00402205 6f adc [eax], al \\1000:00402206 1000 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402208 000a or al, [8db8698eh] \\1000:0040220a 0a058e69b88d add al, [eax] \\1000:00402210 0200 add [ecx], al \\1000:00402212 0001 or edx, [esi] \\1000:00402214 0b16 or al, 2bh \\1000:00402216 0c2b db 0f \\1000:00402218 0f pop es \\1000:00402219 07 or [106f9a08h], al \\1000:0040221a 0805089a6f10 add [eax], al \\1000:00402220 0000 or ah, [edx+c581708h] \\1000:00402222 0aa20817580c or [eb32698eh], al \\1000:00402228 08058e6932eb add al, [esi+eax] \\1000:0040222e 020406 lsl edx, [edx] \\1000:00402231 0f0312 add [eax], ebp \\1000:00402234 0128 add [eax], eax \\1000:00402236 0100 add [esi], al \\1000:00402238 0006 push es \\1000:0040223a 06 add al, 07h \\1000:0040223b 0407 outsd \\1000:0040223d 6f adc eax, [eax] \\1000:0040223e 1300 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402240 000a or eax, 6f050309h \\1000:00402242 0d0903056f adc al, 00h \\1000:00402247 1400 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402249 000a adc eax, [ebx+ebp] \\1000:0040224b 13042b add [ecx], dl \\1000:0040224e 0011 add al, 2ah \\1000:00402250 042a add [eax], al \\1000:00402252 0000 adc esi, [eax] \\1000:00402254 1330 add eax, 7600h \\1000:00402256 0500760000 add [eax+eax], al \\1000:0040225b 000400 add [ecx], dl \\1000:0040225e 0011 add al, 72h \\1000:00402260 0472 xor eax, [eax] \\1000:00402262 3300 add [eax+28h], dh \\1000:00402264 007028 add al, [eax] \\1000:00402267 0200 add [edx], cl \\1000:00402269 000a sub al, 09h \\1000:0040226b 2c09 add ebp, [eax] \\1000:0040226d 0328 or eax, a0a0000h \\1000:0040226f 0d00000a0a sub eax, [edi] \\1000:00402274 2b07 add al, 28h \\1000:00402276 0428 push cs \\1000:00402278 0e add [eax], al \\1000:00402279 0000 or cl, [edx] \\1000:0040227b 0a0a push es \\1000:0040227d 06 add eax, f6f1717h \\1000:0040227e 0517176f0f add [eax], al \\1000:00402283 0000 or cl, [ebx] \\1000:00402285 0a0b push cs \\1000:00402287 0e add eax, 8db8698eh \\1000:00402288 058e69b88d add al, [eax] \\1000:0040228d 0200 add [ecx], al \\1000:0040228f 0001 or al, 16h \\1000:00402291 0c16 or eax, 908102bh \\1000:00402293 0d2b100809 push cs \\1000:00402298 0e add eax, 106f9a09h \\1000:00402299 05099a6f10 add [eax], al \\1000:0040229e 0000 or ah, [edx+d581709h] \\1000:004022a0 0aa20917580d or [esi], ecx \\1000:004022a6 090e add eax, e932698eh \\1000:004022a8 058e6932e9 add cl, [esi] \\1000:004022ad 020e add al, 07h \\1000:004022af 0407 db 0f \\1000:004022b1 0f add eax, 1280212h \\1000:004022b2 0512022801 add [eax], al \\1000:004022b7 0000 push es \\1000:004022b9 06 pop es \\1000:004022ba 07 push cs \\1000:004022bb 0e add al, 08h \\1000:004022bc 0408 outsd \\1000:004022be 6f adc eax, [eax] \\1000:004022bf 1300 add [edx], cl \\1000:004022c1 000a adc eax, [ecx+edx] \\1000:004022c3 130411 add al, 14h \\1000:004022c6 0414 push cs \\1000:004022c8 0e add eax, 146fh \\1000:004022c9 056f140000 or dl, [ebx] \\1000:004022ce 0a13 add eax, 511002bh \\1000:004022d0 052b001105 sub al, [eax] \\1000:004022d5 2a00 add [ebx], dl \\1000:004022d7 0013 xor [eax+eax], al \\1000:004022d9 300400 jbe 4022deh \\1000:004022dc 7600 xrefs first: 1000:004022dc number : 1 \\; add fs:[esi+45h], cl \\1000:004034fc 64004e45 push esp \\1000:00403500 54 dec ecx \\1000:00403501 49 xrefs first: 1000:004034b2 number : 1 \\; outsb \\1000:00403502 6e jbe 403574h \\1000:00403503 766f imul esp, [ebp+43h], 6ch \\1000:00403505 6b65436c popad \\1000:00403509 61 jnc 40357fh \\1000:0040350a 7373 dec ebp \\1000:0040350c 4d jz 403578h \\1000:0040350d 657468 outsd \\1000:00403510 6f add fs:[esi+45h], cl \\1000:00403511 64004e45 push esp \\1000:00403515 54 push ebx \\1000:00403516 53 jz 40355fh \\1000:00403517 657445 outsb \\1000:0040351a 6e jnz 40358ah \\1000:0040351b 756d push esi \\1000:0040351d 56 xrefs first: 1000:004034b7 number : 1 \\; popad \\1000:0040351e 61 insb \\1000:0040351f 6c jnz 403587h \\1000:00403520 7565 add [esi+45h], cl \\1000:00403522 004e45 push esp \\1000:00403525 54 inc edi \\1000:00403526 47 db 65 ;'e' \\1000:00403527 65 xrefs first: 1000:004034be number : 1 \\; db 74 ;'t' \\1000:00403528 74 db 50 ;'p' \\1000:00403529 50 db 72 ;'r' \\1000:0040352a 72 db 6f ;'o' \\1000:0040352b 6f db 70 ;'p' \\1000:0040352c 70 db 65 ;'e' \\1000:0040352d 65 db 72 ;'r' \\1000:0040352e 72 db 74 ;'t' \\1000:0040352f 74 db 79 ;'y' \\1000:00403530 79 db 00 \\1000:00403531 00 db 4e ;'n' \\1000:00403532 4e db 45 ;'e' \\1000:00403533 45 db 54 ;'t' \\1000:00403534 54 db 47 ;'g' \\1000:00403535 47 db 65 ;'e' \\1000:00403536 65 db 74 ;'t' \\1000:00403537 74 db 46 ;'f' \\1000:00403538 46 db 69 ;'i' \\1000:00403539 69 db 65 ;'e' \\1000:0040353a 65 db 6c ;'l' \\1000:0040353b 6c db 64 ;'d' \\1000:0040353c 64 db 00 \\1000:0040353d 00 could not fit the rest in because of Stack overflow limitions

    Read the article

  • Help debugging c fifos code - stack smashing detected - open call not functioning - removing pipes

    - by nunos
    I have three bugs/questions regarding the source code pasted below: stack smashing deteced: In order to compile and not have that error I have addedd the gcc compile flag -fno-stack-protector. However, this should be just a temporary solution, since I would like to find where the cause for this is and correct it. However, I haven't been able to do so. Any clues? For some reason, the last open function call doesn't work and the programs just stops there, without an error, even though the fifo already exists. I want to delete the pipes from the filesystem after before terminating the processes. I have added close and unlink statements at the end, but the fifos are not removed. What am I doing wrong? Thanks very much in advance. P.S.: I am pasting here the whole source file for additional clarity. Just ignore the comments, since they are in my own native language. server.c: #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <errno.h> #define MAX_INPUT_LENGTH 100 #define FIFO_NAME_MAX_LEN 20 #define FIFO_DIR "/tmp/" #define FIFO_NAME_CMD_CLI_TO_SRV "lrc_cmd_cli_to_srv" typedef enum { false, true } bool; bool background = false; char* logfile = NULL; void read_from_fifo(int fd, char** var) { int n_bytes; read(fd, &n_bytes, sizeof(int)); *var = (char *) malloc (n_bytes); read(fd, *var, n_bytes); printf("read %d bytes '%s'\n", n_bytes, *var); } void write_to_fifo(int fd, char* data) { int n_bytes = (strlen(data)+1) * sizeof(char); write(fd, &n_bytes, sizeof(int)); //primeiro envia o numero de bytes que a proxima instrucao write ira enviar write(fd, data, n_bytes); printf("writing %d bytes '%s'\n", n_bytes, data); } int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { //CRIA FIFO CMD_CLI_TO_SRV, se ainda nao existir char* fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv; fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv = (char*) malloc ( (strlen(FIFO_NAME_CMD_CLI_TO_SRV) + strlen(FIFO_DIR) + 1) * sizeof(char) ); strcpy(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv, FIFO_DIR); strcat(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv, FIFO_NAME_CMD_CLI_TO_SRV); int n = mkfifo(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv, 0660); //TODO ver permissoes if (n < 0 && errno != EEXIST) //se houver erro, e nao for por causa de ja haver um com o mesmo nome, termina o programa { fprintf(stderr, "erro ao criar o fifo\n"); fprintf(stderr, "errno: %d\n", errno); exit(4); } //se por acaso já existir, nao cria o fifo e continua o programa normalmente //le informacao enviada pelo cliente, nesta ordem: //1. pid (em formato char*) do processo cliente //2. comando /CONNECT //3. nome de fifo INFO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX //4. nome de fifo MSG_SRV_TO_CLIXXX char* command; char* fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli; char* fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli; char* client_pid_string; int client_pid; int fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, fd_info_srv_to_cli; fd_cmd_cli_to_srv = open(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv, O_RDONLY); read_from_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, &client_pid_string); client_pid = atoi(client_pid_string); read_from_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, &command); //recebe commando /CONNECT read_from_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, &fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); //recebe nome de fifo INFO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX read_from_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, &fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli); //recebe nome de fifo MSG_TO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX //CIRA FIFO MSG_CLIXXX_TO_SRV char fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv[FIFO_NAME_MAX_LEN]; strcpy(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv, FIFO_DIR); strcat(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv, "lrc_msg_cli"); strcat(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv, client_pid_string); strcat(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv, "_to_srv"); n = mkfifo(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv, 0660); if (n < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "error creating %s\n", fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv); fprintf(stderr, "errno: %d\n", errno); exit(5); } //envia ao cliente a resposta ao commando /CONNECT fd_info_srv_to_cli = open(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, O_WRONLY); write_to_fifo(fd_info_srv_to_cli, fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv); free(logfile); free(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv); close(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv); unlink(fifo_name_cmd_cli_to_srv); unlink(fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv); unlink(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli); unlink(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); printf("fim\n"); return 0; } client.c: #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <errno.h> #define MAX_INPUT_LENGTH 100 #define PID_BUFFER_LEN 10 #define FIFO_NAME_CMD_CLI_TO_SRV "lrc_cmd_cli_to_srv" #define FIFO_NAME_INFO_SRV_TO_CLI "lrc_info_srv_to_cli" #define FIFO_NAME_MSG_SRV_TO_CLI "lrc_msg_srv_to_cli" #define COMMAND_MAX_LEN 100 #define FIFO_DIR "/tmp/" typedef enum { false, true } bool; char* nickname; char* name; char* email; void write_to_fifo(int fd, char* data) { int n_bytes = (strlen(data)+1) * sizeof(char); write(fd, &n_bytes, sizeof(int)); //primeiro envia o numero de bytes que a proxima instrucao write ira enviar write(fd, data, n_bytes); printf("writing %d bytes '%s'\n", n_bytes, data); } void read_from_fifo(int fd, char** var) { int n_bytes; read(fd, &n_bytes, sizeof(int)); *var = (char *) malloc (n_bytes); printf("read '%s'\n", *var); read(fd, *var, n_bytes); } int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { pid_t pid = getpid(); //CRIA FIFO INFO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX char pid_string[PID_BUFFER_LEN]; sprintf(pid_string, "%d", pid); char* fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli; fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli = (char *) malloc ( (strlen(FIFO_DIR) + strlen(FIFO_NAME_INFO_SRV_TO_CLI) + strlen(pid_string) + 1 ) * sizeof(char) ); strcpy(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, FIFO_DIR); strcat(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, FIFO_NAME_INFO_SRV_TO_CLI); strcat(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, pid_string); int n = mkfifo(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, 0660); if (n < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "error creating %s\n", fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); fprintf(stderr, "errno: %d\n", errno); exit(6); } int fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, fd_info_srv_to_cli; fd_cmd_cli_to_srv = open("/tmp/lrc_cmd_cli_to_srv", O_WRONLY); char command[COMMAND_MAX_LEN]; printf("> "); scanf("%s", command); while (strcmp(command, "/CONNECT")) { printf("O primeiro comando deverá ser \"/CONNECT\"\n"); printf("> "); scanf("%s", command); } //CRIA FIFO MSG_SRV_TO_CLIXXX char* fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli; fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli = (char *) malloc ( (strlen(FIFO_DIR) + strlen(FIFO_NAME_MSG_SRV_TO_CLI) + strlen(pid_string) + 1) * sizeof(char) ); strcpy(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli, FIFO_DIR); strcat(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli, FIFO_NAME_MSG_SRV_TO_CLI); strcat(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli, pid_string); n = mkfifo(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli, 0660); if (n < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "error creating %s\n", fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); fprintf(stderr, "errno: %d\n", errno); exit(7); } // ENVIA COMANDO /CONNECT write_to_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, pid_string); //envia pid do processo cliente write_to_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, command); //envia commando /CONNECT write_to_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); //envia nome de fifo INFO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX write_to_fifo(fd_cmd_cli_to_srv, fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli); //envia nome de fifo MSG_TO_SRV_TO_CLIXXX // recebe do servidor a resposta ao comanddo /CONNECT printf("msg1\n"); printf("vamos tentar abrir %s\n", fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); fd_info_srv_to_cli = open(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli, O_RDONLY); printf("%s aberto", fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); if (fd_info_srv_to_cli < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "erro ao criar %s\n", fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); fprintf(stderr, "errno: %d\n", errno); } printf("msg2\n"); char* fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv; printf("msg3\n"); read_from_fifo(fd_info_srv_to_cli, &fifo_name_msg_cli_to_srv); printf("msg4\n"); free(nickname); free(name); free(email); free(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); free(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli); unlink(fifo_name_msg_srv_to_cli); unlink(fifo_name_info_srv_to_cli); printf("fim\n"); return 0; } makefile: CC = gcc CFLAGS = -Wall -lpthread -fno-stack-protector all: client server client: client.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) client.c -o client server: server.c $(CC) $(CFLAGS) server.c -o server clean: rm -f client server *~

    Read the article

  • Images missing after moving Django to new server

    - by miszczu
    I'm moving Django project to new server. I'm newbie in Django, and I don't know where should be upload folder. There are all images which should be displayed on website. In config file I haven't seen upload folder I could specify, so I'm guessing it always should be the same location for django projects or I just can't find it. Locations are saved in database. When I've put uploaded files into media folder, so url was like domain.co.uk/media/upload/media/images/year/month/day/image_name.ext and the same is on the old website, images on website ware still missing. All images are visible if I put url by hand, but django doesn't seems to see files. Also I check django log file: 2012-05-30 09:13:33,393 ERROR render: Thumbnail tag failed: [in /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/templatetags/thumbnail.py (line 49)] Traceback (most recent call last): File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/templatetags/thumbnail.py", line 45, in render return self._render(context) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/templatetags/thumbnail.py", line 97, in _render file_, geometry, **options File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/base.py", line 50, in get_thumbnail cached = default.kvstore.get(thumbnail) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/kvstores/base.py", line 25, in get return self._get(image_file.key) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/kvstores/base.py", line 123, in _get value = self._get_raw(add_prefix(key, identity)) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/kvstores/cached_db_kvstore.py", line 26, in _get_raw value = KVStoreModel.objects.get(key=key).value File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/manager.py", line 132, in get return self.get_query_set().get(*args, **kwargs) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/query.py", line 344, in get num = len(clone) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/query.py", line 82, in __len__ self._result_cache = list(self.iterator()) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/query.py", line 273, in iterator for row in compiler.results_iter(): File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/sql/compiler.py", line 680, in results_iter for rows in self.execute_sql(MULTI): File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/models/sql/compiler.py", line 735, in execute_sql cursor.execute(sql, params) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py", line 34, in execute return self.cursor.execute(sql, params) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/mysql/base.py", line 86, in execute return self.cursor.execute(query, args) File "/usr/lib64/python2.6/site-packages/MySQLdb/cursors.py", line 174, in execute self.errorhandler(self, exc, value) File "/usr/lib64/python2.6/site-packages/MySQLdb/connections.py", line 36, in defaulterrorhandler raise errorclass, errorvalue DatabaseError: (1146, "Table 'thumbnail_kvstore' doesn't exist") 2012-05-30 09:13:33,396 DEBUG execute: (0.000) SELECT `freetext_freetext`.`id`, `freetext_freetext`.`key`, `freetext_freetext`.`content`, `freetext_freetext`.`active` FROM `freetext_freetext` WHERE (`freetext_freetext`.`active` = True AND `freetext_freetext`.`key` = office-closed-message ); args=(True, u'office-closed-message') [in /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py (line 44)] 2012-05-30 09:13:33,399 DEBUG execute: (0.000) SELECT `menus_menu`.`id`, `menus_menu`.`name`, `menus_menu`.`slug`, `menus_menu`.`base_url`, `menus_menu`.`description`, `menus_menu`.`enabled` FROM `menus_menu` WHERE (`menus_menu`.`enabled` = True AND `menus_menu`.`slug` = about ); args=(True, u'about') [in /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py (line 44)] 2012-05-30 09:13:33,401 DEBUG execute: (0.000) SELECT `menus_menuitem`.`id`, `menus_menuitem`.`menu_id`, `menus_menuitem`.`title`, `menus_menuitem`.`url`, `menus_menuitem`.`order` FROM `menus_menuitem` INNER JOIN `menus_menu` ON (`menus_menuitem`.`menu_id` = `menus_menu`.`id`) WHERE `menus_menu`.`slug` = about ORDER BY `menus_menuitem`.`order` ASC; args=(u'about',) [in /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py (line 44)] 2012-05-30 09:13:33,404 DEBUG execute: (0.000) SELECT `freetext_freetext`.`id`, `freetext_freetext`.`key`, `freetext_freetext`.`content`, `freetext_freetext`.`active` FROM `freetext_freetext` WHERE (`freetext_freetext`.`active` = True AND `freetext_freetext`.`key` = contactdetails-footer ); args=(True, u'contactdetails-footer') [in /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py (line 44)] I checked database and there is no table calls thumbnail_kvstore, but I have database backup, and in backup files this table doesn't exist. All uploaded files I get are in media/uploads/media/. Also I'm getting errors on some pages: Syntax error. Expected: ``thumbnail source geometry [key1=val1 key2=val2...] as var`` /usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/sorl_thumbnail-11.12-py2.6.egg/sorl/thumbnail/templatetags/thumbnail.py in __init__, line 72 In template /var/www/vhosts/domain.co.uk/sites/apps/shop/products/templates/products/product_detail.html, error at line 34 {% thumbnail image.file "800x700" detail as zoom %} Maybe some modules I install are not in the right version. Dont know how to fix it. Im using, CentOS 6, mod_wsgi, apache, python 2.6. Update 1.0: On the old server was Django 1.3, on the new one is Django 1.3.1 Update 1.1: I this i know where is the problem. I tried python manage.py syncdb and this is output: Syncing... Creating tables ... The following content types are stale and need to be deleted: orders | ordercontact Any objects related to these content types by a foreign key will also be deleted. Are you sure you want to delete these content types? If you're unsure, answer 'no'. Type 'yes' to continue, or 'no' to cancel: no Installing custom SQL ... Installing indexes ... No fixtures found. Synced: > django.contrib.auth > django.contrib.contenttypes > django.contrib.sessions > django.contrib.sites > django.contrib.messages > django.contrib.admin > django.contrib.admindocs > django.contrib.markup > django.contrib.sitemaps > django.contrib.redirects > django_filters > freetext > sorl.thumbnail > django_extensions > south > currencies > pagination > tagging > honeypot > core > faq > logentry > menus > news > shop > shop.cart > shop.orders Not synced (use migrations): - dbtemplates - contactform - links - media - pages - popularity - testimonials - shop.brands - shop.collections - shop.discount - shop.pricing - shop.product_types - shop.products - shop.shipping - shop.tax (use ./manage.py migrate to migrate these) Next I run python manage.py migrate, and thats what i get: Running migrations for dbtemplates: - Migrating forwards to 0002_auto__del_unique_template_name. > dbtemplates:0001_initial ! Error found during real run of migration! Aborting. ! Since you have a database that does not support running ! schema-altering statements in transactions, we have had ! to leave it in an interim state between migrations. ! You *might* be able to recover with: = DROP TABLE `django_template` CASCADE; [] = DROP TABLE `django_template_sites` CASCADE; [] ! The South developers regret this has happened, and would ! like to gently persuade you to consider a slightly ! easier-to-deal-with DBMS. ! NOTE: The error which caused the migration to fail is further up. Traceback (most recent call last): File "manage.py", line 13, in <module> execute_manager(settings) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/management/__init__.py", line 438, in execute_manager utility.execute() File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/management/__init__.py", line 379, in execute self.fetch_command(subcommand).run_from_argv(self.argv) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/management/base.py", line 191, in run_from_argv self.execute(*args, **options.__dict__) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/management/base.py", line 220, in execute output = self.handle(*args, **options) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/management/commands/migrate.py", line 105, in handle ignore_ghosts = ignore_ghosts, File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/__init__.py", line 191, in migrate_app success = migrator.migrate_many(target, workplan, database) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 221, in migrate_many result = migrator.__class__.migrate_many(migrator, target, migrations, database) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 292, in migrate_many result = self.migrate(migration, database) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 125, in migrate result = self.run(migration) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 99, in run return self.run_migration(migration) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 81, in run_migration migration_function() File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/migration/migrators.py", line 57, in <lambda> return (lambda: direction(orm)) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django_dbtemplates-1.3-py2.6.egg/dbtemplates/migrations/0001_initial.py", line 18, in forwards ('last_changed', self.gf('django.db.models.fields.DateTimeField')(default=datetime.datetime.now)), File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/db/generic.py", line 226, in create_table ', '.join([col for col in columns if col]), File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/South-0.7.3-py2.6.egg/south/db/generic.py", line 150, in execute cursor.execute(sql, params) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/util.py", line 34, in execute return self.cursor.execute(sql, params) File "/usr/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/db/backends/mysql/base.py", line 86, in execute return self.cursor.execute(query, args) File "/usr/lib64/python2.6/site-packages/MySQLdb/cursors.py", line 174, in execute self.errorhandler(self, exc, value) File "/usr/lib64/python2.6/site-packages/MySQLdb/connections.py", line 36, in defaulterrorhandler raise errorclass, errorvalue _mysql_exceptions.OperationalError: (1050, "Table 'django_template' already exists") Also i run python manage.py migrate --list, and uotput is: dbtemplates (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__del_unique_template_name contactform (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_callback (*) 0003_auto__add_field_callback_notes (*) 0004_auto__add_field_callback_is_closed__add_field_callback_closed (*) 0005_auto__add_field_callback_url (*) 0006_auto__add_contact (*) 0007_auto__add_field_contact_category (*) 0008_auto__add_field_contact_url links (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_category_enabled__add_field_category_order media (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__del_field_image_external_url__add_field_image_link_url__del_fiel (*) 0003_add_model_FileAttachment (*) 0004_auto__chg_field_file_slug__chg_field_image_slug (*) 0005_auto__chg_field_image_file (*) 0006_auto__chg_field_file_file pages (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__chg_field_page_meta_description__chg_field_page_meta_title__chg_ (*) 0003_auto__add_field_page_show_in_sitemap (*) 0004_auto__add_field_page_changefreq__add_field_page_priority popularity (*) 0001_initial testimonials (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_testimonial_is_featured brands (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_brand_template (*) 0003_auto__chg_field_brand_meta_description__chg_field_brand_meta_title__ch (*) 0004_auto__add_field_brand_url (*) 0005_auto__del_field_brand_image__add_field_brand_logo collections (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_collection_discount (*) 0003_auto__chg_field_collection_meta_description__chg_field_collection_meta (*) 0004_auto__add_field_collection_is_featured (*) 0005_auto__add_field_collection_order discount (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_added_field_discount_description (*) 0003_auto__add_field_discountvoucher_automatic (*) 0004_auto__add_field_discountvoucher_collection (*) 0005_auto__del_field_discountvoucher_collection (*) 0006_auto__chg_field_discountvoucher_expiry_date pricing (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_pricingrule product_types (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_producttype_meta_title__add_field_producttype_meta_des (*) 0003_auto__add_field_producttype_summary__add_field_producttype_description products (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__del_field_product_is_featured (*) 0003_auto__chg_field_product_meta_keywords__chg_field_product_meta_descript (*) 0004_auto shipping (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_shippingmethod_includes_tax__add_field_shippingmethod_ (*) 0003_auto__add_field_shippingmethod_order (*) 0004_auto__del_field_shippingmethod_tax_rate__del_field_shippingmethod_incl (*) 0005_auto__del_field_shippingrule_enabled tax (*) 0001_initial (*) 0002_auto__add_field_taxrate_internal_name (*) 0003_initial_internal_names (*) 0004_auto__add_unique_taxrate_internal_name (*) 0005_force_unique_taxrate_name (*) 0006_auto__add_unique_taxrate_name After that some images source were something like this: src="cache/1e/bd/1ebd719910aa843238028edd5fe49e71.jpg" Is any1 could help me with syncdb pledase?

    Read the article

  • java inserting special characters with preparedstatement fails

    - by phill
    I am using an HTML form which sends <input type=hidden name=longdesc value='SMARTNET%^" 8X5XNBD'> this is done by the following javascript code: function masinsert(id) { var currentTime=new Date(); var button = document.getElementById("m"+id); button.onclick=""; button.value="Inserting"; var itemdescription = document.getElementById("itemdescription"+id).value; function handleHttpResponse() { if (http.readyState == 4) { button.value="Item Added"; } } var http = getHTTPObject(); // We create the HTTP Object var tempUrl = "\AInsert"; tempUrl += "itemdescription="+itemdescription+"&"+"itemshortdescription="+itemdescription.substring(0,37)+; alert(tempUrl); http.open("GET", tempUrl, true); http.onreadystatechange = handleHttpResponse; http.send(null); } to a java servlet. AInsert.java in the AInsert.java file, I do a String itemdescription = request.getParameter("longdesc"); which then sends the value to a preparedstatement to run an insert query. In the query, there are sometimes special characters which throw it off. For example, when I run the following insert into itemdescription (longdesc) values ('SMARTNET%^" 8X5XNBD') here is the actual snippet: PreparedStatement ps = conn.prepareStatement("INSERT INTO itemdescription (longdesc) values(?)"); ps.setString(1, itemdescription); ps.executeUpdate(); It will produce an error saying : Cannot insert the value NULL into column 'LongDesc', table 'App.dbo.itemdescription'; column does not allow nulls. Insert fails I have tried urlencode/urldecode String encodedString = URLEncoder.encode(longdesc, "UTF-8"); String decitemdescription = URLDecoder.decode(itemdescription, "UTF-8"); and i've also tried these functions //BEGIN URL Encoder final static String[] hex = { "%00", "%01", "%02", "%03", "%04", "%05", "%06", "%07", "%08", "%09", "%0a", "%0b", "%0c", "%0d", "%0e", "%0f", "%10", "%11", "%12", "%13", "%14", "%15", "%16", "%17", "%18", "%19", "%1a", "%1b", "%1c", "%1d", "%1e", "%1f", "%20", "%21", "%22", "%23", "%24", "%25", "%26", "%27", "%28", "%29", "%2a", "%2b", "%2c", "%2d", "%2e", "%2f", "%30", "%31", "%32", "%33", "%34", "%35", "%36", "%37", "%38", "%39", "%3a", "%3b", "%3c", "%3d", "%3e", "%3f", "%40", "%41", "%42", "%43", "%44", "%45", "%46", "%47", "%48", "%49", "%4a", "%4b", "%4c", "%4d", "%4e", "%4f", "%50", "%51", "%52", "%53", "%54", "%55", "%56", "%57", "%58", "%59", "%5a", "%5b", "%5c", "%5d", "%5e", "%5f", "%60", "%61", "%62", "%63", "%64", "%65", "%66", "%67", "%68", "%69", "%6a", "%6b", "%6c", "%6d", "%6e", "%6f", "%70", "%71", "%72", "%73", "%74", "%75", "%76", "%77", "%78", "%79", "%7a", "%7b", "%7c", "%7d", "%7e", "%7f", "%80", "%81", "%82", "%83", "%84", "%85", "%86", "%87", "%88", "%89", "%8a", "%8b", "%8c", "%8d", "%8e", "%8f", "%90", "%91", "%92", "%93", "%94", "%95", "%96", "%97", "%98", "%99", "%9a", "%9b", "%9c", "%9d", "%9e", "%9f", "%a0", "%a1", "%a2", "%a3", "%a4", "%a5", "%a6", "%a7", "%a8", "%a9", "%aa", "%ab", "%ac", "%ad", "%ae", "%af", "%b0", "%b1", "%b2", "%b3", "%b4", "%b5", "%b6", "%b7", "%b8", "%b9", "%ba", "%bb", "%bc", "%bd", "%be", "%bf", "%c0", "%c1", "%c2", "%c3", "%c4", "%c5", "%c6", "%c7", "%c8", "%c9", "%ca", "%cb", "%cc", "%cd", "%ce", "%cf", "%d0", "%d1", "%d2", "%d3", "%d4", "%d5", "%d6", "%d7", "%d8", "%d9", "%da", "%db", "%dc", "%dd", "%de", "%df", "%e0", "%e1", "%e2", "%e3", "%e4", "%e5", "%e6", "%e7", "%e8", "%e9", "%ea", "%eb", "%ec", "%ed", "%ee", "%ef", "%f0", "%f1", "%f2", "%f3", "%f4", "%f5", "%f6", "%f7", "%f8", "%f9", "%fa", "%fb", "%fc", "%fd", "%fe", "%ff" }; /** * Encode a string to the "x-www-form-urlencoded" form, enhanced * with the UTF-8-in-URL proposal. This is what happens: * * <ul> * <li><p>The ASCII characters 'a' through 'z', 'A' through 'Z', * and '0' through '9' remain the same. * * <li><p>The unreserved characters - _ . ! ~ * ' ( ) remain the same. * * <li><p>The space character ' ' is converted into a plus sign '+'. * * <li><p>All other ASCII characters are converted into the * 3-character string "%xy", where xy is * the two-digit hexadecimal representation of the character * code * * <li><p>All non-ASCII characters are encoded in two steps: first * to a sequence of 2 or 3 bytes, using the UTF-8 algorithm; * secondly each of these bytes is encoded as "%xx". * </ul> * * @param s The string to be encoded * @return The encoded string */ public static String encode(String s) { StringBuffer sbuf = new StringBuffer(); int len = s.length(); for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { int ch = s.charAt(i); if ('A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z') { // 'A'..'Z' sbuf.append((char)ch); } else if ('a' <= ch && ch <= 'z') { // 'a'..'z' sbuf.append((char)ch); } else if ('0' <= ch && ch <= '9') { // '0'..'9' sbuf.append((char)ch); } else if (ch == ' ') { // space sbuf.append('+'); } else if (ch == '-' || ch == '_' // unreserved || ch == '.' || ch == '!' || ch == '~' || ch == '*' || ch == '\'' || ch == '(' || ch == ')') { sbuf.append((char)ch); } else if (ch <= 0x007f) { // other ASCII sbuf.append(hex[ch]); } else if (ch <= 0x07FF) { // non-ASCII <= 0x7FF sbuf.append(hex[0xc0 | (ch >> 6)]); sbuf.append(hex[0x80 | (ch & 0x3F)]); } else { // 0x7FF < ch <= 0xFFFF sbuf.append(hex[0xe0 | (ch >> 12)]); sbuf.append(hex[0x80 | ((ch >> 6) & 0x3F)]); sbuf.append(hex[0x80 | (ch & 0x3F)]); } } return sbuf.toString(); } //end encode and //decode url private static String unescape(String s) { StringBuffer sbuf = new StringBuffer () ; int l = s.length() ; int ch = -1 ; int b, sumb = 0; for (int i = 0, more = -1 ; i < l ; i++) { /* Get next byte b from URL segment s */ switch (ch = s.charAt(i)) { case '%': ch = s.charAt (++i) ; int hb = (Character.isDigit ((char) ch) ? ch - '0' : 10+Character.toLowerCase((char) ch) - 'a') & 0xF ; ch = s.charAt (++i) ; int lb = (Character.isDigit ((char) ch) ? ch - '0' : 10+Character.toLowerCase ((char) ch)-'a') & 0xF ; b = (hb << 4) | lb ; break ; case '+': b = ' ' ; break ; default: b = ch ; } /* Decode byte b as UTF-8, sumb collects incomplete chars */ if ((b & 0xc0) == 0x80) { // 10xxxxxx (continuation byte) sumb = (sumb << 6) | (b & 0x3f) ; // Add 6 bits to sumb if (--more == 0) sbuf.append((char) sumb) ; // Add char to sbuf } else if ((b & 0x80) == 0x00) { // 0xxxxxxx (yields 7 bits) sbuf.append((char) b) ; // Store in sbuf } else if ((b & 0xe0) == 0xc0) { // 110xxxxx (yields 5 bits) sumb = b & 0x1f; more = 1; // Expect 1 more byte } else if ((b & 0xf0) == 0xe0) { // 1110xxxx (yields 4 bits) sumb = b & 0x0f; more = 2; // Expect 2 more bytes } else if ((b & 0xf8) == 0xf0) { // 11110xxx (yields 3 bits) sumb = b & 0x07; more = 3; // Expect 3 more bytes } else if ((b & 0xfc) == 0xf8) { // 111110xx (yields 2 bits) sumb = b & 0x03; more = 4; // Expect 4 more bytes } else /*if ((b & 0xfe) == 0xfc)*/ { // 1111110x (yields 1 bit) sumb = b & 0x01; more = 5; // Expect 5 more bytes } /* We don't test if the UTF-8 encoding is well-formed */ } return sbuf.toString() ; } but the decoding doesn't change it back to the original special characters. Any ideas? thanks in advance UPDATE: I tried adding these two statements to grab the request String itemdescription = URLDecoder.decode(request.getParameter("itemdescription"), "UTF-8"); String itemshortdescription = URLDecoder.decode(request.getParameter("itemshortdescription"), "UTF-8"); System.out.println("processRequest | short descrip "); and this is failing as well if that helps. UPDATE2: I created an html form and did a direct insert with the encoded itemdescription such as and the insertion works correctly with the special charaters and everything. I guess there is something going on with my javascript submit. Any ideas on this?

    Read the article

  • error in finding out the lexems and no of lines of a text file in C

    - by mekasperasky
    #include<stdio.h> #include<ctype.h> #include<string.h> int main() { int i=0,j,k,lines_count[2]={1,1},operand_count[2]={0},operator_count[2]={0},uoperator_count[2]={0},control_count[2]={0,0},cl[13]={0},variable_dec[2]={0,0},l,p[2]={0},ct,variable_used[2]={0,0},constant_count[2],s[2]={0},t[2]={0}; char a,b[100],c[100]; char d[100]={0}; j=30; FILE *fp1[2],*fp2; fp1[0]=fopen("program1.txt","r"); fp1[1]=fopen("program2.txt","r"); //the source file is opened in read only mode which will passed through the lexer fp2=fopen("ccv1ouput.txt","wb"); //now lets remove all the white spaces and store the rest of the words in a file if(fp1[0]==NULL) { perror("failed to open program1.txt"); //return EXIT_FAILURE; } if(fp1[1]==NULL) { perror("failed to open program2.txt"); //return EXIT_FAILURE; } i=0; k=0; ct=0; while(ct!=2) { while(!feof(fp1[ct])) { a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if(a!=' '&&a!='\n') { if (!isalpha(a) && !isdigit(a)) { switch(a) { case '+':{ i=0; cl[0]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;break;} case '-':{ cl[1]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;i=0;break;} case '*':{ cl[2]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;i=0;break;} case '/':{ cl[3]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;i=0;break;} case '=':{a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (a=='='){cl[4]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1;} else { cl[5]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1; ungetc(1,fp1[ct]); } break;} case '%':{ cl[6]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;i=0;break;} case '<':{ a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (a=='=') {cl[7]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;} else { cl[8]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; ungetc(1,fp1[ct]); } break; } case '>':{ ; a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (a=='='){cl[9]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1;} else { cl[10]=1; operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; ungetc(1,fp1[ct]); } break;} case '&':{ cl[11]=1; a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1; variable_used[ct]=variable_used[ct]-1; break; } case '|':{ cl[12]=1; a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); operator_count[ct]=operator_count[ct]+1; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1; variable_used[ct]=variable_used[ct]-1; break; } case '#':{ while(a!='\n') { a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); } } } } else { d[i]=a; i=i+1; k=k+1; } } else { //printf("%s \n",d); if((strcmp(d,"if")==0)){ memset ( d, 0, 100 ); i=0; control_count[ct]=control_count[ct]+1; } else if(strcmp(d,"then")==0){ i=0;memset ( d, 0, 100 );control_count[ct]=control_count[ct]+1;} else if(strcmp(d,"else")==0){ i=0;memset ( d, 0, 100 );control_count[ct]=control_count[ct]+1;} else if(strcmp(d,"while")==0){ i=0;memset ( d, 0, 100 );control_count[ct]=control_count[ct]+1;} else if(strcmp(d,"int")==0){ while(a != '\n') { a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (isalpha(a) ) variable_dec[ct]=variable_dec[ct]+1; } memset ( d, 0, 100 ); lines_count[ct]=lines_count[ct]+1; } else if(strcmp(d,"char")==0){while(a != '\n') { a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (isalpha(a) ) variable_dec[ct]=variable_dec[ct]+1; } memset ( d, 0, 100 ); lines_count[ct]=lines_count[ct]+1; } else if(strcmp(d,"float")==0){while(a != '\n') { a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); if (isalpha(a) ) variable_dec[ct]=variable_dec[ct]+1; } memset ( d, 0, 100 ); lines_count[ct]=lines_count[ct]+1; } else if(strcmp(d,"printf")==0){while(a!='\n') a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); memset(d,0,100); } else if(strcmp(d,"scanf")==0){while(a!='\n') a=fgetc(fp1[ct]); memset(d,0,100);} else if (isdigit(d[i-1])) { memset ( d, 0, 100 ); i=0; constant_count[ct]=constant_count[ct]+1; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1; } else if (isalpha(d[i-1]) && strcmp(d,"int")!=0 && strcmp(d,"char")!=0 && strcmp(d,"float")!=0 && (strcmp(d,"if")!=0) && strcmp(d,"then")!=0 && strcmp(d,"else")!=0 && strcmp(d,"while")!=0 && strcmp(d,"printf")!=0 && strcmp(d,"scanf")!=0) { memset ( d, 0, 100 ); i=0; operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]+1; } else if(a=='\n') { lines_count[ct]=lines_count[ct]+1; memset ( d, 0, 100 ); } } } fclose(fp1[ct]); operand_count[ct]=operand_count[ct]-5; variable_used[0]=operand_count[0]-constant_count[0]; variable_used[1]=operand_count[1]-constant_count[1]; for(j=0;j<12;j++) uoperator_count[ct]=uoperator_count[ct]+cl[j]; fprintf(fp2,"\n statistics of program %d",ct+1); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of lines ---> %d",lines_count[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of operands --->%d",operand_count[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of operator --->%d",operator_count[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of control statments --->%d",control_count[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of unique operators --->%d",uoperator_count[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of variables declared--->%d",variable_dec[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the no of variables used--->%d",variable_used[ct]); fprintf(fp2,"\n ---------------------------------"); fprintf(fp2,"\n \t \t \t"); ct=ct+1; } t[0]=lines_count[0]+control_count[0]+uoperator_count[0]; t[1]=lines_count[1]+control_count[1]+uoperator_count[1]; s[0]=operator_count[0]+operand_count[0]+variable_dec[0]+variable_used[0]; s[1]=operator_count[1]+operand_count[1]+variable_dec[1]+variable_used[1]; fprintf(fp2,"\n the time complexity of program 1 is %d",t[0]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the time complexity of program 2 is %d",t[1]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the space complexity of program 1 is %d",s[0]); fprintf(fp2,"\n the space complexity of program 2 is %d",s[1]); if((t[0]>t[1]) && (s[0] >s[1])) fprintf(fp2,"\n the efficiency of program 2 is greater than program 1"); else if(t[0]<t[1] && s[0] < s[1]) fprintf(fp2,"\n the efficiency of program 1 is greater than program 2 " ); else if (t[0]+s[0] > t[1]+s[1]) fprintf(fp2,"\n the efficiency of program 1 is greater than program 2"); else if (t[0]+s[0] < t[1]+s[1]) fprintf(fp2,"\n the efficiency of program 2 is greater than program 1"); else if (t[0]+s[0] == t[1]+s[1]) fprintf(fp2,"\n the efficiency of program 1 is equal to that of program 2"); fclose(fp2); return 0; } this code basically compares two c codes and finds out the no. of variables declared , used , no. of control statements , no. of lines and no. of unique operators , and operands , so as to find out the time complexity and space complexity of of the two programs given in the text file program1.txt and program2.txt ... Lets say program1.txt is this #include<stdio.h> #include<math.h> int main () { FILE *fp; fp=fopen("output.txt","w"); long double t,y=0,x=0,e=5,f=1,w=1; for (t=0;t<10;t=t+0.01) { //if (isnan(y) || isinf(y)) //break; fprintf(fp,"%ld\t%ld\n",y,x); y = y + ((e*(1 - (x*x))*y) - x + f*cos(w*0.1))*0.1; x = x + y*0.1; } fclose(fp); return (0); } i havent indented it as its just a text file . But my output is totally faulty . Its not able to find the any of the ouput that i need . Where is the bug in this ? I am not able to figure out as the algorithm looks fine .

    Read the article

  • How to Make a Game like Space Invaders - Ray Wenderlich (why do my space invaders scroll off screen)

    - by Erv Noel
    I'm following this tutorial(http://www.raywenderlich.com/51068/how-to-make-a-game-like-space-invaders-with-sprite-kit-tutorial-part-1) and I've run into a problem right after the part where I add [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; to my GameScene.m file (specifically to my moveInvadersForUpdate method) The tutorial states that the space invaders should be moving accordingly after adding this piece of code but when I run they move to the left and they do not come back. I'm not sure what I am doing wrong as I have followed this tutorial very carefully. Any help or clarification would be greatly appreciated. Thanks in advance ! Here is the full GameScene.m #import "GameScene.h" #import <CoreMotion/CoreMotion.h> #pragma mark - Custom Type Definitions /* The type definition and constant definitions 1,2,3 take care of the following tasks: 1.Define the possible types of invader enemies. This can be used in switch statements later when things like displaying different sprites images for each enemy type. The typedef makes InvaderType a formal Obj-C type that is type checked for method arguments and variables.This is so that the wrong method argument is not used or assigned to the wrong variable. 2. Define the size of the invaders and that they'll be laid out in a grid of rows and columns on the screen. 3. Define a name that will be used to identify invaders when searching for them. */ //1 typedef enum InvaderType { InvaderTypeA, InvaderTypeB, InvaderTypeC } InvaderType; /* Invaders move in a fixed pattern: right, right, down, left, down, right right. InvaderMovementDirection tracks the invaders' progress through this pattern */ typedef enum InvaderMovementDirection { InvaderMovementDirectionRight, InvaderMovementDirectionLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionNone } InvaderMovementDirection; //2 #define kInvaderSize CGSizeMake(24,16) #define kInvaderGridSpacing CGSizeMake(12,12) #define kInvaderRowCount 6 #define kInvaderColCount 6 //3 #define kInvaderName @"invader" #define kShipSize CGSizeMake(30, 16) //stores the size of the ship #define kShipName @"ship" // stores the name of the ship stored on the sprite node #define kScoreHudName @"scoreHud" #define kHealthHudName @"healthHud" /* this class extension allows you to add “private” properties to GameScene class, without revealing the properties to other classes or code. You still get the benefit of using Objective-C properties, but your GameScene state is stored internally and can’t be modified by other external classes. As well, it doesn’t clutter the namespace of datatypes that your other classes see. This class extension is used in the method didMoveToView */ #pragma mark - Private GameScene Properties @interface GameScene () @property BOOL contentCreated; @property InvaderMovementDirection invaderMovementDirection; @property NSTimeInterval timeOfLastMove; @property NSTimeInterval timePerMove; @end @implementation GameScene #pragma mark Object Lifecycle Management #pragma mark - Scene Setup and Content Creation /*This method simply invokes createContent using the BOOL property contentCreated to make sure you don’t create your scene’s content more than once. This property is defined in an Objective-C Class Extension found near the top of the file()*/ - (void)didMoveToView:(SKView *)view { if (!self.contentCreated) { [self createContent]; self.contentCreated = YES; } } - (void)createContent { //1 - Invaders begin by moving to the right self.invaderMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; //2 - Invaders take 1 sec for each move. Each step left, right or down // takes 1 second. self.timePerMove = 1.0; //3 - Invaders haven't moved yet, so set the time to zero self.timeOfLastMove = 0.0; [self setupInvaders]; [self setupShip]; [self setupHud]; } /* Creates an invade sprite of a given type 1. Use the invadeType parameterr to determine color of the invader 2. Call spriteNodeWithColor:size: of SKSpriteNode to alloc and init a sprite that renders as a rect of the given color invaderColor with size kInvaderSize */ -(SKNode*)makeInvaderOfType:(InvaderType)invaderType { //1 SKColor* invaderColor; switch (invaderType) { case InvaderTypeA: invaderColor = [SKColor redColor]; break; case InvaderTypeB: invaderColor = [SKColor greenColor]; break; case InvaderTypeC: invaderColor = [SKColor blueColor]; break; } //2 SKSpriteNode* invader = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:invaderColor size:kInvaderSize]; invader.name = kInvaderName; return invader; } -(void)setupInvaders { //1 - loop over the rows CGPoint baseOrigin = CGPointMake(kInvaderSize.width / 2, 180); for (NSUInteger row = 0; row < kInvaderRowCount; ++row) { //2 - Choose a single InvaderType for all invaders // in this row based on the row number InvaderType invaderType; if (row % 3 == 0) invaderType = InvaderTypeA; else if (row % 3 == 1) invaderType = InvaderTypeB; else invaderType = InvaderTypeC; //3 - Does some math to figure out where the first invader // in the row should be positioned CGPoint invaderPosition = CGPointMake(baseOrigin.x, row * (kInvaderGridSpacing.height + kInvaderSize.height) + baseOrigin.y); //4 - Loop over the columns for (NSUInteger col = 0; col < kInvaderColCount; ++col) { //5 - Create an invader for the current row and column and add it // to the scene SKNode* invader = [self makeInvaderOfType:invaderType]; invader.position = invaderPosition; [self addChild:invader]; //6 - update the invaderPosition so that it's correct for the //next invader invaderPosition.x += kInvaderSize.width + kInvaderGridSpacing.width; } } } -(void)setupShip { //1 - creates ship using makeShip. makeShip can easily be used later // to create another ship (ex. to set up more lives) SKNode* ship = [self makeShip]; //2 - Places the ship on the screen. In SpriteKit the origin is at the lower //left corner of the screen. The anchorPoint is based on a unit square with (0, 0) at the lower left of the sprite's area and (1, 1) at its top right. Since SKSpriteNode has a default anchorPoint of (0.5, 0.5), i.e., its center, the ship's position is the position of its center. Positioning the ship at kShipSize.height/2.0f means that half of the ship's height will protrude below its position and half above. If you check the math, you'll see that the ship's bottom aligns exactly with the bottom of the scene. ship.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width / 2.0f, kShipSize.height/2.0f); [self addChild:ship]; } -(SKNode*)makeShip { SKNode* ship = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:[SKColor greenColor] size:kShipSize]; ship.name = kShipName; return ship; } -(void)setupHud { //Sets the score label font to Courier SKLabelNode* scoreLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //1 - Give the score label a name so it becomes easy to find later when // the score needs to be updated. scoreLabel.name = kScoreHudName; scoreLabel.fontSize = 15; //2 - Color the score label green scoreLabel.fontColor = [SKColor greenColor]; scoreLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Score: %04u", 0]; //3 - Positions the score label near the top left corner of the screen scoreLabel.position = CGPointMake(20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.width/2, self.size.height - (20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:scoreLabel]; //Applies the font of the health label SKLabelNode* healthLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //4 - Give the health label a name so it can be referenced later when it needs // to be updated to display the health healthLabel.name = kHealthHudName; healthLabel.fontSize = 15; //5 - Colors the health label red healthLabel.fontColor = [SKColor redColor]; healthLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Health: %.1f%%", 100.0f]; //6 - Positions the health Label on the upper right hand side of the screen healthLabel.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width - healthLabel.frame.size.width/2 - 20, self.size.height - (20 + healthLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:healthLabel]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update - (void)update:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //Makes the invaders move [self moveInvadersForUpdate:currentTime]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update Helpers //This method will get invoked by update -(void)moveInvadersForUpdate:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //1 - if it's not yet time to move, exit the method. moveInvadersForUpdate: // is invoked 60 times per second, but you don't want the invaders to move // that often since the movement would be too fast to see if (currentTime - self.timeOfLastMove < self.timePerMove) return; //2 - Recall that the scene holds all the invaders as child nodes; which were // added to the scene using addChild: in setupInvaders identifying each invader // by its name property. Invoking enumerateChildNodesWithName:usingBlock only loops over the invaders because they're named kInvaderType; which makes the loop skip the ship and the HUD. The guts og the block moves the invaders 10 pixels either right, left or down depending on the value of invaderMovementDirection [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x, node.position.y - 10); break; InvaderMovementDirectionNone: default: break; } }]; //3 - Record that you just moved the invaders, so that the next time this method is invoked (1/60th of a second from when it starts), the invaders won't move again until the set time period of one second has elapsed. self.timeOfLastMove = currentTime; //Makes it so that the invader movement direction changes only when the invaders are actually moving. Invaders only move when the check on self.timeOfLastMove passes (when conditional expression is true) [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; } #pragma mark - Invader Movement Helpers -(void)determineInvaderMovementDirection { //1 - Since local vars accessed by block are default const(means they cannot be changed), this snippet of code qualifies proposedMovementDirection with __block so that you can modify it in //2 __block InvaderMovementDirection proposedMovementDirection = self.invaderMovementDirection; //2 - Loops over the invaders in the scene and refers to the block with the invader as an argument [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: //3 - If the invader's right edge is within 1pt of the right edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets proposedMovementDirection so that the invaders move down then left. You compare the invader's frame(the frame that contains its content in the scene's coordinate system) with the scene width. Since the scene has an anchorPoint of (0,0) by default and is scaled to fill it's parent view, this comparison ensures you're testing against the view's edges. if (CGRectGetMaxX(node.frame) >= node.scene.size.width - 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: //4 - If the invader's left edge is within 1 pt of the left edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets the proposedMovementDirection so invaders move down then right if (CGRectGetMinX(node.frame) <= 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: //5 - If invaders are moving down then left, they already moved down at this point, so they should now move left. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionLeft; *stop = YES; break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: //6 - if the invaders are moving down then right, they already moved down so they should now move right. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; *stop = YES; break; default: break; } }]; //7 - if the proposed invader movement direction is different than the current invader movement direction, update the current direction to the proposed direction if (proposedMovementDirection != self.invaderMovementDirection) { self.invaderMovementDirection = proposedMovementDirection; } } #pragma mark - Bullet Helpers #pragma mark - User Tap Helpers #pragma mark - HUD Helpers #pragma mark - Physics Contact Helpers #pragma mark - Game End Helpers @end

    Read the article

  • Get 1 array from 2 arrays (using RestKit 0.20)

    - by Reez
    I'm using RestKit and was wondering how to combine two array's into one array. I already have the data being pulled in separately from API1 and API2, but I don't know how to combine them into 1 tableView. Each API is pulling in media, and I want the combined tableView to show the most recent media (like any standard timeline does these days). I will post any extra code or help as necessary, thanks so much! Below shows API1 + API2 being pulled in correctly, but not combined into the tableView. Only data from API1 shows in the tableView. ViewController.m @interface StackOverflowViewController () @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *hArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *springs; @property (strong, nonatomic) RKObjectManager *eObjectManager; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *iArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) NSArray *imagesArray; @property (strong, nonatomic) RKObjectManager *iObjectManager; // Wain @property (strong, nonatomic) NSMutableArray *tableDataList; // Laarme @property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray *contentArray; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter1; // Dan @property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableArray *combinedModel; @end @implementation StackOverflowViewController @synthesize tableView = _tableView; @synthesize spring; @synthesize leaf; @synthesize theme; @synthesize hArray; @synthesize springs; @synthesize eObjectManager; @synthesize iArray; @synthesize imagesArray; @synthesize iObjectManager; // Wain @synthesize tableDataList; // Laarme @synthesize contentArray; @synthesize dateFormatter1; // Dan @synthesize combinedModel; - (void)viewDidLoad { [super viewDidLoad]; // Do any additional setup after loading the view. [self configureRestKit]; [self loadMediaDan]; [self sortCombinedModel]; } - (void)didReceiveMemoryWarning { [super didReceiveMemoryWarning]; // Dispose of any resources that can be recreated. } - (void)configureRestKit { // API1 // initialize AFNetworking HTTPClient NSURL *baseURLE = [NSURL URLWithString:@"https://api.e.com"]; AFHTTPClient *clientE = [[AFHTTPClient alloc] initWithBaseURL:baseURLE]; // initialize RestKit RKObjectManager *eManager = [[RKObjectManager alloc] initWithHTTPClient:clientE]; self.eObjectManager = eManager; // setup object mappings RKObjectMapping *feedMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Feed class]]; [feedMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"headline", @"premium", @"published", @"description"]]; RKObjectMapping *linksMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Links class]]; RKObjectMapping *webMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Web class]]; [webMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"href"]]; RKObjectMapping *mobileMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Mobile class]]; [mobileMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"href"]]; RKObjectMapping *imagesMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Images class]]; [imagesMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"height", @"width", @"url"]]; [feedMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"links" toKeyPath:@"links" withMapping:linksMapping]]; [feedMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"images" toKeyPath:@"images" withMapping:imagesMapping]]; [linksMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"web" toKeyPath:@"web" withMapping:webMapping]]; [linksMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"mobile" toKeyPath:@"mobile" withMapping:mobileMapping]]; // register mappings with the provider using a response descriptor RKResponseDescriptor *responseDescriptor = [RKResponseDescriptor responseDescriptorWithMapping:feedMapping method:RKRequestMethodGET pathPattern:nil keyPath:@"feed" statusCodes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:200]]; [self.eObjectManager addResponseDescriptor:responseDescriptor]; // API2 // initialize AFNetworking HTTPClient NSURL *baseURLI = [NSURL URLWithString:@"https://api.i.com"]; AFHTTPClient *clientI = [[AFHTTPClient alloc] initWithBaseURL:baseURLI]; // initialize RestKit RKObjectManager *iManager = [[RKObjectManager alloc] initWithHTTPClient:clientI]; self.iObjectManager = iManager; // setup object mappings RKObjectMapping *dataMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Data class]]; [dataMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"link", @"created_time"]]; RKObjectMapping *imagesMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[ImagesI class]]; [IMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@""]]; RKObjectMapping *standardResolutionMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[StandardResolution class]]; [standardResolutionMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"url", @"width", @"height"]]; RKObjectMapping *captionMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[Caption class]]; [captionMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"text", @"created_time"]]; RKObjectMapping *userMapping = [RKObjectMapping mappingForClass:[User class]]; [userMapping addAttributeMappingsFromArray:@[@"username"]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"images" toKeyPath:@"images" withMapping:imagesMapping]]; [imagesMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"standard_resolution" toKeyPath:@"standard_resolution" withMapping:standardResolutionMapping]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"caption" toKeyPath:@"caption" withMapping:captionMapping]]; [dataMapping addPropertyMapping:[RKRelationshipMapping relationshipMappingFromKeyPath:@"user" toKeyPath:@"user" withMapping:userMapping]]; // register mappings with the provider using a response descriptor RKResponseDescriptor *responseDescriptor2 = [RKResponseDescriptor responseDescriptorWithMapping:dataMapping method:RKRequestMethodGET pathPattern:nil keyPath:@"data" statusCodes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:200]]; [self.iObjectManager addResponseDescriptor:responseDescriptor2]; } - (void)loadMedia { // Laarme contentArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; [self sortByDates]; // API1 NSString *apikey = @kCLIENTKEY; NSDictionary *queryParams = @{@"apikey" : apikey,}; [self.eObjectManager getObjectsAtPath:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"v1/n/?limit=4&leafs=%@&themes=%@", leafAbbreviation, themeID] // Changed limit to 4 for the time being parameters:queryParams success:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, RKMappingResult *mappingResult) { hArray = mappingResult.array; [self.tableView reloadData]; } failure:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, NSError *error) { NSLog(@"No?: %@", error); }]; // API2 [self.iObjectManager getObjectsAtPath:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"v1/u/2/m/recent/?client_id=e999"] parameters:nil success:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, RKMappingResult *mappingResult) { iArray = mappingResult.array; [self.tableView reloadData]; } failure:^(RKObjectRequestOperation *operation, NSError *error) { NSLog(@"No: %@", error); }]; } // Laarme - (void)sortByDates { NSDateFormatter *dateFormatter2 = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; //Do the dateFormatter settings, you may have to use 2 NSDateFormatters if the format is different for Data & Feed //The initialization of the dateFormatter is done before the block, because its alloc/init take some time, and you may have to declare it with "__block" //Since in your edit you do that and it seems it's the same format, just do @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDateFormatter dateFormatter; NSArray *sortedArray = [contentArray sortedArrayUsingComparator:^NSComparisonResult(id a, id b) { // Added Curly Braces around if else statements and used feedObject NSDate *aDate, *bDate; Feed *feedObject = (Feed *)a; Data *dataObject = (Data *)b; if ([a isKindOfClass:[Feed class]]) { //Feed *feedObject = (Feed *)a; aDate = [dateFormatter1 dateFromString:feedObject.published];} else { //if ([a isKindOfClass:[Data class]]) aDate = [dateFormatter2 dateFromString:dataObject.created_time];} if ([b isKindOfClass:[Feed class]]) { bDate = [dateFormatter1 dateFromString:feedObject.published];} else {//if ([b isKindOfClass:[Data class]]) bDate = [dateFormatter2 dateFromString:dataObject.created_time];} return [aDate compare:bDate]; }]; } #pragma mark - Table View - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { return 1; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { // API1 //return hArray.count; // API2 //return iArray.count; // API1 + API2 return hArray.count + iArray.count; } - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { UITableViewCell *cell; if(indexPath.row < hArray.count) { // Date Change NSDateFormatter *df = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; [df setDateFormat:@"MMMM d, yyyy h:mma"]; // API 1 TableViewCell *api1Cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:@"YourAPI1Cell"]; // Do everything you need to do with the api1Cell // Use the index in 'indexPath.row' to get the object from you array // API1 Feed *feedLocal = [hArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]; // API1 NSString *dateString = [self timeSincePublished:feedLocal.published]; NSString *headlineText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.headline]; NSString *descriptionText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.description]; NSString *premiumText = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", feedLocal.premium]; api1Cell.labelHeadline.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", headlineText]; api1Cell.labelPublished.text = dateString; api1Cell.labelDescription.text = descriptionText; // SDWebImage API1 if ([feedLocal.images count] == 0) { // Not sure anything needed here } else { Images *imageLocal = [feedLocal.images objectAtIndex:0]; NSString *imageURL = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.url]; NSString *imageWith = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.width]; NSString *imageHeight = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", imageLocal.height]; __weak UITableViewCell *wcell = cell; [cell.imageView setImageWithURL:[NSURL URLWithString:imageURL] placeholderImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"X"] completed:^(UIImage *image, NSError *error, SDImageCacheType cacheType) { // Something }]; } cell = api1Cell; } else { // Date Change NSDateFormatter *df = [[NSDateFormatter alloc] init]; [df setDateFormat:@"MMMM d, yyyy h:mma"]; // API 2 MRWebListTableViewCellTwo *api2Cell = [tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:@"YourAPI2Cell"]; // Do everything you need to do with the api2Cell // Remember to use 'indexPath.row - hArray.count' as the index for getting an object for your second array // API 2 Data *dataLocal = [iArray objectAtIndex:indexPath.row - hArray.count]; // API 2 NSString *dateStringI = [self timeSincePublished:dataLocal.created_time]; NSString *captionTextI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", dataLocal.caption.text]; NSString *usernameI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", dataLocal.user.username]; api2Cell.labelHeadline.text = usernameI; api2Cell.labelDescription.text = captionTextI; api2Cell.labelPublished.text = dateStringI; // SDWebImage API 2 if ([dataLocal.images count] == 0) { NSLog(@"Images Count: %lu", (unsigned long)dataLocal.images.count); // Not sure anything needed here } else { ImagesI *imageLocalI = [dataLocal.images objectAtIndex:0]; StandardResolutionI *standardResolutionLocal = [imageLocalI.standard_resolution objectAtIndex:0]; NSString *imageURLI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.url]; NSString *imageWithI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.width]; NSString *imageHeightI = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", standardResolutionLocal.height]; // 11.2 __weak UITableViewCell *wcell = cell; [cell.imageView setImageWithURL:[NSURL URLWithString:imageURLI] placeholderImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"X"] completed:^(UIImage *image, NSError *error, SDImageCacheType cacheType) { // Something }]; } cell = api2Cell; } return cell; } Feed.h @property (nonatomic, strong) Links *links; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *headline; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *source; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDate *published; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *description; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *premium; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray *images; Data.h @property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *link; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSDate *created_time; @property (nonatomic, strong) UserI *user; @property (nonatomic, strong) NSArray *images; @property (nonatomic, strong) CaptionI *caption;

    Read the article

  • Is there a better loop I could write to reduce database queries?

    - by dmanexe
    Below is some code I've written that is effective, but makes too many database queries. Is there a way I could optimize and reduce the number of queries but have conditional statements still be as effective as below? I pasted the code repeated a few times just for good measure. echo "<h3>Pool Packages</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Pool Packages") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Pool Packages") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Water Features</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Water Features") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Water Features") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Waterfall Rock Work</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE) { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Waterfall Rock Work") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Sheer Descents</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Sheer Descents") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Sheer Descents") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Booster Pump</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Booster Pump") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Booster Pump") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Pool Concrete Decking</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Pool Concrete Decking") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Pool Concrete Decking") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Solar Heating</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Solar Heating") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Solar Heating") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; echo "<h3>Raised Bond Beam</h3>"; echo "<ul>"; foreach ($items as $item): $this->db->where('id', $item['id']); $query = $this->db->get('items')->row(); if ($item['quantity'] > 1 && $item['quantity'] == TRUE && $query->category == "Raised Bond Beam") { $newprice = $item['quantity'] * $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } else { $newprice = $query->price; $totals[] = $newprice; } if ($query->category == "Raised Bond Beam") { echo "<li>" . $query->name . " (QTY: " . $item['quantity'] . " x = " . str_ireplace(" ", "", money_format('%(#10n', $newprice)) . ")</li>"; } else { echo "<li>None</li>"; } endforeach; echo "</ul>"; It goes on beyond this to several more categories, but I don't know how to handle looping through this best. Thanks!

    Read the article

  • MySQL Config File for Large System

    - by Jonathon
    We are running MySQL on a Windows 2003 Server Enterpise Edition box. MySQL is about the only program running on the box. We have approx. 8 slaves replicated to it, but my understanding is that having multiple slaves connecting to the same master does not significantly slow down performance, if at all. The master server has 16G RAM, 10 Terabyte drives in RAID 10, and four dual-core processors. From what I have seen from other sites, we have a really robust machine as our master db server. We just upgraded from a machine with only 4G RAM, but with similar hard drives, RAID, etc. It also ran Apache on it, so it was our db server and our application server. It was getting a little slow, so we split the db server onto this new machine and kept the application server on the first machine. We also distributed the application load amongst a few of our other slave servers, which also run the application. The problem is the new db server has mysqld.exe consuming 95-100% of CPU almost all the time and is really causing the app to run slowly. I know we have several queries and table structures that could be better optimized, but since they worked okay on the older, smaller server, I assume that our my.ini (MySQL config) file is not properly configured. Most of what I see on the net is for setting config files on small machines, so can anyone help me get the my.ini file correct for a large dedicated machine like ours? I just don't see how mysqld could get so bogged down! FYI: We have about 100 queries per second. We only use MyISAM tables, so skip-innodb is set in the ini file. And yes, I know it is reading the ini file correctly because I can change some settings (like the server-id and it will kill the server at startup). Here is the my.ini file: #MySQL Server Instance Configuration File # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Generated by the MySQL Server Instance Configuration Wizard # # # Installation Instructions # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # On Linux you can copy this file to /etc/my.cnf to set global options, # mysql-data-dir/my.cnf to set server-specific options # (@localstatedir@ for this installation) or to # ~/.my.cnf to set user-specific options. # # On Windows you should keep this file in the installation directory # of your server (e.g. C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y). To # make sure the server reads the config file use the startup option # "--defaults-file". # # To run run the server from the command line, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # To install the server as a Windows service manually, execute this in a # command line shell, e.g. # mysqld --install MySQLXY --defaults-file="C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server X.Y\my.ini" # # And then execute this in a command line shell to start the server, e.g. # net start MySQLXY # # # Guildlines for editing this file # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # In this file, you can use all long options that the program supports. # If you want to know the options a program supports, start the program # with the "--help" option. # # More detailed information about the individual options can also be # found in the manual. # # # CLIENT SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by MySQL client applications. # Note that only client applications shipped by MySQL are guaranteed # to read this section. If you want your own MySQL client program to # honor these values, you need to specify it as an option during the # MySQL client library initialization. # [client] port=3306 [mysql] default-character-set=latin1 # SERVER SECTION # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # # The following options will be read by the MySQL Server. Make sure that # you have installed the server correctly (see above) so it reads this # file. # [mysqld] # The TCP/IP Port the MySQL Server will listen on port=3306 #Path to installation directory. All paths are usually resolved relative to this. basedir="D:/MySQL/" #Path to the database root datadir="D:/MySQL/data" # The default character set that will be used when a new schema or table is # created and no character set is defined default-character-set=latin1 # The default storage engine that will be used when create new tables when default-storage-engine=MYISAM # Set the SQL mode to strict #sql-mode="STRICT_TRANS_TABLES,NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER,NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION" # we changed this because there are a couple of queries that can get blocked otherwise sql-mode="" #performance configs skip-locking max_allowed_packet = 1M table_open_cache = 512 # The maximum amount of concurrent sessions the MySQL server will # allow. One of these connections will be reserved for a user with # SUPER privileges to allow the administrator to login even if the # connection limit has been reached. max_connections=1510 # Query cache is used to cache SELECT results and later return them # without actual executing the same query once again. Having the query # cache enabled may result in significant speed improvements, if your # have a lot of identical queries and rarely changing tables. See the # "Qcache_lowmem_prunes" status variable to check if the current value # is high enough for your load. # Note: In case your tables change very often or if your queries are # textually different every time, the query cache may result in a # slowdown instead of a performance improvement. query_cache_size=168M # The number of open tables for all threads. Increasing this value # increases the number of file descriptors that mysqld requires. # Therefore you have to make sure to set the amount of open files # allowed to at least 4096 in the variable "open-files-limit" in # section [mysqld_safe] table_cache=3020 # Maximum size for internal (in-memory) temporary tables. If a table # grows larger than this value, it is automatically converted to disk # based table This limitation is for a single table. There can be many # of them. tmp_table_size=30M # How many threads we should keep in a cache for reuse. When a client # disconnects, the client's threads are put in the cache if there aren't # more than thread_cache_size threads from before. This greatly reduces # the amount of thread creations needed if you have a lot of new # connections. (Normally this doesn't give a notable performance # improvement if you have a good thread implementation.) thread_cache_size=64 #*** MyISAM Specific options # The maximum size of the temporary file MySQL is allowed to use while # recreating the index (during REPAIR, ALTER TABLE or LOAD DATA INFILE. # If the file-size would be bigger than this, the index will be created # through the key cache (which is slower). myisam_max_sort_file_size=100G # If the temporary file used for fast index creation would be bigger # than using the key cache by the amount specified here, then prefer the # key cache method. This is mainly used to force long character keys in # large tables to use the slower key cache method to create the index. myisam_sort_buffer_size=64M # Size of the Key Buffer, used to cache index blocks for MyISAM tables. # Do not set it larger than 30% of your available memory, as some memory # is also required by the OS to cache rows. Even if you're not using # MyISAM tables, you should still set it to 8-64M as it will also be # used for internal temporary disk tables. key_buffer_size=3072M # Size of the buffer used for doing full table scans of MyISAM tables. # Allocated per thread, if a full scan is needed. read_buffer_size=2M read_rnd_buffer_size=8M # This buffer is allocated when MySQL needs to rebuild the index in # REPAIR, OPTIMZE, ALTER table statements as well as in LOAD DATA INFILE # into an empty table. It is allocated per thread so be careful with # large settings. sort_buffer_size=2M #*** INNODB Specific options *** innodb_data_home_dir="D:/MySQL InnoDB Datafiles/" # Use this option if you have a MySQL server with InnoDB support enabled # but you do not plan to use it. This will save memory and disk space # and speed up some things. skip-innodb # Additional memory pool that is used by InnoDB to store metadata # information. If InnoDB requires more memory for this purpose it will # start to allocate it from the OS. As this is fast enough on most # recent operating systems, you normally do not need to change this # value. SHOW INNODB STATUS will display the current amount used. innodb_additional_mem_pool_size=11M # If set to 1, InnoDB will flush (fsync) the transaction logs to the # disk at each commit, which offers full ACID behavior. If you are # willing to compromise this safety, and you are running small # transactions, you may set this to 0 or 2 to reduce disk I/O to the # logs. Value 0 means that the log is only written to the log file and # the log file flushed to disk approximately once per second. Value 2 # means the log is written to the log file at each commit, but the log # file is only flushed to disk approximately once per second. innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit=1 # The size of the buffer InnoDB uses for buffering log data. As soon as # it is full, InnoDB will have to flush it to disk. As it is flushed # once per second anyway, it does not make sense to have it very large # (even with long transactions). innodb_log_buffer_size=6M # InnoDB, unlike MyISAM, uses a buffer pool to cache both indexes and # row data. The bigger you set this the less disk I/O is needed to # access data in tables. On a dedicated database server you may set this # parameter up to 80% of the machine physical memory size. Do not set it # too large, though, because competition of the physical memory may # cause paging in the operating system. Note that on 32bit systems you # might be limited to 2-3.5G of user level memory per process, so do not # set it too high. innodb_buffer_pool_size=500M # Size of each log file in a log group. You should set the combined size # of log files to about 25%-100% of your buffer pool size to avoid # unneeded buffer pool flush activity on log file overwrite. However, # note that a larger logfile size will increase the time needed for the # recovery process. innodb_log_file_size=100M # Number of threads allowed inside the InnoDB kernel. The optimal value # depends highly on the application, hardware as well as the OS # scheduler properties. A too high value may lead to thread thrashing. innodb_thread_concurrency=10 #replication settings (this is the master) log-bin=log server-id = 1 Thanks for all the help. It is greatly appreciated.

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Disable .htaccess from apache allowoverride none, still reads .htaccess files

    - by John Magnolia
    I have moved all of our .htaccess config into <Directory> blocks and set AllowOverride None in the default and default-ssl. Although after restarting apache it is still reading the .htaccess files. How can I completely turn off reading these files? Update of all files with "AllowOverride" /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.conf <IfModule mod_userdir.c> UserDir public_html UserDir disabled root <Directory /home/*/public_html> AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit Indexes Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> Order allow,deny Allow from all </Limit> <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> Order deny,allow Deny from all </LimitExcept> </Directory> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/mods-available/alias.conf <IfModule alias_module> # # Aliases: Add here as many aliases as you need (with no limit). The format is # Alias fakename realname # # Note that if you include a trailing / on fakename then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. So "/icons" isn't aliased in this # example, only "/icons/". If the fakename is slash-terminated, then the # realname must also be slash terminated, and if the fakename omits the # trailing slash, the realname must also omit it. # # We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If # you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out. # Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/" <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # # Directives to allow use of AWStats as a CGI # Alias /awstatsclasses "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/classes/" Alias /awstatscss "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/css/" Alias /awstatsicons "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/icon/" ScriptAlias /awstats/ "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/cgi-bin/" # # This is to permit URL access to scripts/files in AWStats directory. # <Directory "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot"> Options None AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> Alias /awstats-icon/ /usr/share/awstats/icon/ <Directory /usr/share/awstats/icon> Options None AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> /etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl <IfModule mod_ssl.c> <VirtualHost _default_:443> ServerAdmin webmaster@localhost DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory /var/www/> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride None </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/ssl_access.log combined # SSL Engine Switch: # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host. SSLEngine on # A self-signed (snakeoil) certificate can be created by installing # the ssl-cert package. See # /usr/share/doc/apache2.2-common/README.Debian.gz for more info. # If both key and certificate are stored in the same file, only the # SSLCertificateFile directive is needed. SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key # Server Certificate Chain: # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the # concatenation of PEM encoded CA certificates which form the # certificate chain for the server certificate. Alternatively # the referenced file can be the same as SSLCertificateFile # when the CA certificates are directly appended to the server # certificate for convinience. #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crt/server-ca.crt # Certificate Authority (CA): # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA # certificates for client authentication or alternatively one # huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM encoded) # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks # to point to the certificate files. Use the provided # Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes. #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/certs/ #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crt/ca-bundle.crt # Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL): # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client # authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all # of them (file must be PEM encoded) # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks # to point to the certificate files. Use the provided # Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes. #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/apache2/ssl.crl/ #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crl/ca-bundle.crl # Client Authentication (Type): # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are # none, optional, require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a # number which specifies how deeply to verify the certificate # issuer chain before deciding the certificate is not valid. #SSLVerifyClient require #SSLVerifyDepth 10 # Access Control: # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based # on arbitrary complex boolean expressions containing server # variable checks and other lookup directives. The syntax is a # mixture between C and Perl. See the mod_ssl documentation # for more details. #<Location /> #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \ # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \ # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \ # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/ #</Location> # SSL Engine Options: # Set various options for the SSL engine. # o FakeBasicAuth: # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that # the standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The # user name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate. # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'. # o ExportCertData: # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the # server (always existing) and the client (only existing when client # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates # into CGI scripts. # o StdEnvVars: # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables. # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons, # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the # exportation for CGI and SSI requests only. # o StrictRequire: # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even # under a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied # and no other module can change it. # o OptRenegotiate: # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL # directives are used in per-directory context. #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire <FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$"> SSLOptions +StdEnvVars </FilesMatch> <Directory /usr/lib/cgi-bin> SSLOptions +StdEnvVars </Directory> # SSL Protocol Adjustments: # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait for # the close notify alert from client. When you need a different shutdown # approach you can use one of the following variables: # o ssl-unclean-shutdown: # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates # the SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use # this when you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where # mod_ssl sends the close notify alert. # o ssl-accurate-shutdown: # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation # works correctly. # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this. # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and # "force-response-1.0" for this. BrowserMatch "MSIE [2-6]" \ nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \ downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 # MSIE 7 and newer should be able to use keepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE [17-9]" ssl-unclean-shutdown </VirtualHost> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/sites-available/default <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin webmaster@localhost DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory /var/www/> Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> Alias /delboy /usr/share/phpmyadmin <Directory /usr/share/phpmyadmin> # Restrict phpmyadmin access Order Deny,Allow Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/access.log combined Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> /etc/apache2/conf.d/security # # Disable access to the entire file system except for the directories that # are explicitly allowed later. # # This currently breaks the configurations that come with some web application # Debian packages. # #<Directory /> # AllowOverride None # Order Deny,Allow # Deny from all #</Directory> # Changing the following options will not really affect the security of the # server, but might make attacks slightly more difficult in some cases. # # ServerTokens # This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response # Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type # and compiled in modules. # Set to one of: Full | OS | Minimal | Minor | Major | Prod # where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. # #ServerTokens Minimal ServerTokens OS #ServerTokens Full # # Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host # name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory # listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated # documents or custom error documents). # Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. # Set to one of: On | Off | EMail # #ServerSignature Off ServerSignature On # # Allow TRACE method # # Set to "extended" to also reflect the request body (only for testing and # diagnostic purposes). # # Set to one of: On | Off | extended # TraceEnable Off #TraceEnable On /etc/apache2/apache2.conf # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "/etc/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/etc/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # #ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # LockFile ${APACHE_LOCK_DIR}/accept.lock # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 4 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 500 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadLimit: ThreadsPerChild can be changed to this maximum value during a # graceful restart. ThreadLimit can only be changed by stopping # and starting Apache. # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # event MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_event_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include mods-enabled/*.load Include mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include sites-enabled/

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 132 133 134 135 136 137  | Next Page >